Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Broadcasting / Entercom Communications Corp.

Entercom Communications Corp.

etm · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker etm
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Broadcasting
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Entercom Communications Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________________________ 
FORM 10-K  
____________________________________ 

(Mark One) 
☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019  
or 

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from                      to                      
Commission File Number: 001-14461  
________________________________________ 
Entercom Communications Corp. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
_________________________________________ 

Pennsylvania 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

23-1701044 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

2400 Market Street, 4th Floor  
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103  
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code) 
(610) 660-5610  
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT: 
Trading Symbol(s)
ETM 

Name of exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange 

Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: 
NONE 
_________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 
Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes ☒    No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐ 

1 

 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” 
“smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer  ☒   
Non-accelerated filer 
☐   

Accelerated filer 
☐
Smaller reporting company  ☐
Emerging growth company  ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period 
for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities 
Act and Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒ 

The aggregate market value of the Class A common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business 

day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, which was June 30, 2019, was $676,512,998 based on 
the closing price of $5.80 on the New York Stock Exchange on such date. 

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value 133,868,099 shares outstanding as of February 14, 2020  
(Class A shares outstanding includes 3,795,628 unvested and vested but deferred restricted stock units). 
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value 4,045,199 shares outstanding as February 14, 2020. 

2 

 
 
 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Certain information in the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, 

pursuant to Regulation 14A, is incorporated by reference in Part III of this report, which will be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

PART IV 

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Signatures 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosure 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 

Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder 
Matters 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

Form 10-K Summary 

Page

1
5
15
15
16
16

16
20
23
44
45
45
45
46

47
47

47
47
47

48
126

127

i 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 

Unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this report to “Entercom,” “we,” the “Company,” “us,” “our” 

and similar terms refer to Entercom Communications Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, which would include any variable 
interest entities that are required to be consolidated under accounting guidance. 

With respect to annual fluctuations within “Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition and 

Results Of Operations”, the designation of “nmf” represents “no meaningful figure.” This designation is reserved for financial 
statement line items with such an insignificant change in annual activity, that the fluctuation expressed as a percentage would 
not provide the users of the financial statements with any additional useful information. 

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This report contains, in addition to historical information, statements by us with regard to our expectations as to 
financial results and other aspects of our business that involve risks and uncertainties and may constitute forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and 
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). 

Forward-looking statements, including certain pro forma information, are presented for illustrative purposes only and 
reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events. All statements other than statements of historical fact are 
“forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws including, without limitation: any projections of 
earnings, revenues or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future 
operations; any statements concerning proposed new services or developments; any statements regarding future economic 
conditions or performance; any statements of belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. 

We report our financial information on a calendar-year basis. Any reference to activity during the year is for the year 

ended December 31. 

Any reference to the number of radio markets covered by us in top 15, 25 and 50 markets is sourced to the Fall 2019 

publication of Nielsen’s Radio Markets; Population, Rankings and Information. 

In the practice of measuring the size of U.S. commercial broadcasting audiences, cume, short for “cumulative 

audience”, is a measure of the total number of consumers over a specified period. 

You can identify forward-looking statements by our use of words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “continues,” 
“expects,” “intends,” “likely,” “may,” “opportunity,” “plans,” “potential,” “project,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” 
“seeks,” “estimates,” “predicts” and similar expressions which identify forward-looking statements, whether in the negative or 
the affirmative. We cannot guarantee that we actually will achieve these plans, intentions or expectations. These forward-
looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, which could 
cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted or anticipated in such forward-looking statements. These risks, 
uncertainties and factors include, but are not limited to, the factors described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” 

Any pro forma information that may be included reflects adjustments and is presented for comparative purposes only 

and does not purport to be indicative of what has occurred or indicative of future operating results or financial position. 

You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our view only as of the date of 

this report. We do not intend, and we do not undertake any obligation, to update these statements or publicly release the result 
of any revision(s) to these statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence 
of unanticipated events. 

ii 

PART I 

 ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

We are a leading American media and entertainment company, with a cume of 170 million people each month, with 

coverage of close to 90% of persons 12+ in the top 50 U.S. markets through our premier collection of highly-rated, award-
winning radio stations, digital platforms and live events. We are the number one creator of live, original, local, premium audio 
content and the nation’s unrivaled leader in news and sports radio. We are home to seven of the eight most listened to all-news 
stations in the U.S., as well as more than 40 professional sports teams and dozens of top college programs. As one of the 
country’s two largest radio broadcasters, we offer local and national advertisers integrated marketing solutions across audio, 
digital and event platforms to deliver the power of local connection on a national scale. We have a nationwide footprint of radio 
stations including positions in all of the top 16 markets and 22 of the top 25 markets. We were organized in 1968 as a 
Pennsylvania corporation. 
Merger with CBS Radio 

On February 2, 2017, we and our wholly owned subsidiary (“Merger Sub”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of 
Merger (the “CBS Radio Merger Agreement”) with CBS Corporation (“CBS”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary CBS Radio 
Inc. (“CBS Radio”). Pursuant to the CBS Radio Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into CBS Radio with CBS 
Radio surviving as our wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Merger”). The parties to the Merger believe that the Merger was tax-free 
to CBS and its shareholders. The Merger was effected through a stock for-stock Reverse Morris Trust transaction.   

On November 1, 2017, we entered into a settlement with the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice 

(“DOJ”). The settlement with the DOJ together with several required station divestiture transactions with third parties, allowed 
us to move forward with the Merger. On November 9, 2017, we obtained approval from the Federal Communications 
Commission (the “FCC”) to consummate the Merger. The transactions contemplated by the CBS Radio Merger Agreement 
were approved by our shareholders on November 15, 2017. Upon the expiration of the exchange offer period on November 16, 
2017, the Merger closed on November 17, 2017. 

In connection with the Merger with CBS Radio, we acquired multiple radio stations, net of certain dispositions and 

radio station exchanges with other third parties, which significantly increased our net revenues, station operating expenses and 
depreciation and amortization expenses.  In 2017, we issued 101,407,494 shares of our Class A common stock in connection 
with the Merger.  

Our Digital and Live Events Platforms 

Radio.com delivers scale by unifying the listening experience of our broad portfolio of stations, leading podcasts, 

shows and talent. Harnessing the power of our cume of 170 million people, this robust platform is delivering fast growth and 
deep engagement twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. 

In July 2019, we completed an acquisition of Pineapple Street Media ("Pineapple"), an award-winning, renowned 

independent producer of top-rated podcast content. In October 2019, we completed our acquisition of leading podcaster 
Cadence 13, Inc. ("Cadence 13") by purchasing the remaining shares in Cadence 13 that we did not already own.  We initially 
acquired a 45% interest in Cadence 13 in July 2017.  Through our strategic acquisitions of Pineapple and Cadence 13, we are 
one of the country's top three podcasters in the U.S. market creating, distributing and monetizing premium, personality-based 
podcasts to our audiences with more than 150 million monthly downloads. 

These two acquisitions create a unique leadership position that leverages our scale across the top 50 markets, our 

enhanced targeted data capabilities, our top-rated portfolio of spoken word brands, and both Cadence 13 and Pineapple's 
capabilities as two of the industry's leading developers and sellers of original podcast content.   

We are a leading creator of live, original events, including large-scale concerts, intimate live performances with big 

artists on small stages, and crafted food and beverage events, all supported by Eventful, our digital local event discovery 
business with 28.6 million registered users. 

Our Strategy 

Our strategy focuses on accelerating growth by capitalizing on scale, efficiencies and operating expertise to 
consistently deliver the best live, local, premium audio content, events and experiences in the communities we serve and, in 
turn, offer advertisers access to a highly effective marketing platform to reach large and targeted local audiences. The principal 

1 

components of our strategy are to: (i) continue to be America’s number one creator of live, original, local, premium audio 
content by building strongly branded radio stations with highly compelling content; (ii) focus on delivering effective integrated 
marketing solutions for our customers that incorporate audio, digital and experiential assets and leverage our national scale and 
digital and live events platforms; (iii) assemble and develop the strongest market leading station clusters; (iv) drive a positive 
perception of radio as the nation’s number one reach and ROI medium; and (v) offer a great place to work, where the most 
talented high achievers can grow and thrive. 

Source Of Revenue 

The primary source of revenue for our radio stations is the sale of advertising time to local, regional and national 

advertisers and national network advertisers who purchase commercials in varying lengths. A growing source of revenue is 
from station-related digital product suites, which allow for enhanced audience interaction and participation, and integrated 
digital advertising solutions. A station’s local sales staff generates the majority of its local and regional advertising sales 
through direct solicitations of local advertising agencies and businesses. We retain a national representation firm to sell to 
advertisers outside of our local markets. 

Our stations are typically classified by their format, such as news, sports, talk, classic rock, urban, adult contemporary, 

alternative and country, among others. A station’s format enables it to target specific segments of listeners sharing certain 
demographics. Advertisers and stations use data published by audience measuring services to estimate how many people within 
particular geographical markets and demographics listen to specific stations. Our geographically and demographically diverse 
portfolio of radio stations allows us to deliver targeted messages to specific audiences for advertisers on a local, regional and 
national basis. 

A growing source of our revenues are derived from our digital and podcasting operations.  The podcast advertising 

market is growing rapidly and we believe the acquisitions of Cadence 13 and Pineapple position us well for sustained success in 
this space due to the scale of our radio broadcasting platform, and the powerful symbiotic opportunities, driven by our leading 
position in sports, news, and local personalities.  The primary source of revenue for our podcasting operations is the sale of 
advertising time to regional and national advertisers who purchase commercials in varying lengths.   

Competition 

The radio broadcasting and podcasting industries are highly competitive. Our stations compete for listeners and 

advertising revenue with other radio stations within their respective markets. In addition, our stations compete for audiences 
and advertising revenues with other media including: digital audio streaming, podcasts, satellite radio, broadcast television, 
digital, satellite and cable television, newspapers and magazines, outdoor advertising, direct mail, yellow pages, wireless media 
alternatives, cellular phones and other forms of audio entertainment and advertisement.  

Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting 

Overview. The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing government regulation of, among other things, 
ownership limitations, program content, advertising content, technical operations and business and employment practices. The 
ownership, operation and sale of radio stations are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC pursuant to the Communications Act of 
1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). 

The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and of certain specific FCC 

regulations and policies. This summary is not a comprehensive listing of all of the regulations and policies affecting radio 
stations. For further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of radio stations, you should refer to the 
Communications Act, FCC rules and FCC public notices and rulings. 

FCC Licenses. The operation of a radio broadcast station requires a license from the FCC. A subsidiary holds the FCC licenses 
for our stations. The total number of radio stations that can simultaneously operate in any given area or market is limited by the 
amount of spectrum allotted by the FCC within the AM and FM radio bands, and by station-to-station interference within those 
bands. While there are no national radio station ownership caps, FCC rules do limit the number of stations within the same 
market that a single individual or entity may own or control. 

Ownership Rules. The FCC sets limits on the number of radio broadcast stations an entity may permissibly own within a 
market. Same-market FCC numeric ownership limitations are based: (i) on markets as defined and rated by Nielsen Audio; and 
(ii) in areas outside of Nielsen Audio markets, on markets as determined by overlap of specified signal contours. 

The total number of stations authorized to operate in a local market may fluctuate from time to time, and the number 

of stations that can be owned by a single individual or entity in a given market can therefore vary over time. Once the FCC 

2 

approves the ownership of a cluster of stations in a market, that owner may continue to hold those stations under 
“grandfathering” policies, despite a decrease in the number of stations in the market. 

Ownership Attribution. In applying its ownership limitations, the FCC generally considers only “attributable” ownership 
interests. Attributable interests generally include: (i) equity and debt interests which when combined exceed 33% of a licensee’s 
or other media entity’s total asset value, if the interest holder supplies more than 15% of a station’s total weekly programming 
or has an attributable interest in any same-market media (television, radio, cable or newspaper), with a higher threshold in the 
case of investments in certain “eligible entities” acquiring broadcast stations; (ii) a 5% or greater direct or indirect voting stock 
interest, including certain interests held in trust, unless the holder is a qualified passive investor, in which case the threshold is a 
20% or greater voting stock interest; (iii) any equity interest in a limited liability company or a partnership, including a limited 
partnership, unless properly “insulated” from management activities; and (iv) any position as an officer or director of a licensee 
or of its direct or indirect parent. 

Alien Ownership Rules. The Communications Act prohibits the issuance to, or holding of broadcast licenses by, foreign 
governments or aliens, non-U.S. citizens, whether individuals or entities, including any interest in a corporation which holds a 
broadcast license if more than 20% of the licensee’s capital stock is owned or voted by aliens. In addition, the FCC may 
prohibit any corporation from holding a broadcast license if the corporation is directly or indirectly controlled by any other 
corporation of which more than 25% of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens if the FCC finds that the 
prohibition is in the public interest. The Communications Act gives the FCC discretion to allow greater amounts of alien 
ownership. The FCC considers investment proposals from international companies or individuals on a case-by-case basis. In 
September 2016, the FCC announced that it was streamlining foreign ownership rules and procedures to provide for a 
standardized filing and review process. The streamlined rules permit a broadcast licensee to file a petition with the FCC seeking 
approval for a proposed controlling investor to own up to 100% foreign ownership of the controlling parent entity and for a 
non-controlling foreign investor identified in the petition to increase its equity and/or voting interest in a parent entity at a 
future time up to 49.99%. This change will make it easier for broadcast licensees to seek foreign investors. The FCC also 
adopted a methodology for determining the citizenship of beneficial owners of publicly held shares that companies may use to 
ascertain compliance with the foreign ownership rules. 

License Renewal. Radio station licenses issued by the FCC are ordinarily renewable for an eight-year term. A station may 
continue to operate beyond the expiration date of its license if a timely filed license renewal application is pending. All of our 
licenses have been renewed and are current or we have timely filed license renewal applications. 

The FCC is required to renew a broadcast station’s license if the FCC finds that the station has served the public 

interest, convenience and necessity; there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or the 
FCC’s rules and regulations; and there have been no other violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or the FCC’s 
rules and regulations that, taken together, constitute a pattern of abuse. If a challenge is filed against a renewal application, and, 
as a result of an evidentiary hearing, the FCC determines that the licensee has failed to meet certain fundamental requirements 
and that no mitigating factors justify the imposition of a lesser sanction, the FCC may deny a license renewal application. In 
certain instances, the FCC may renew a license application for less than a full eight-year term. Historically, our FCC licenses 
have generally been renewed for the full term. 

Transfer or Assignment of Licenses. The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of broadcast licenses or the transfer of 
control of a broadcast licensee without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to grant such approval, the FCC 
considers a number of factors pertaining to the existing licensee and the proposed licensee, including: 

• 

• 

• 

compliance with the various rules limiting common ownership of media properties in a given market; 
the “character” of the proposed licensee; and 

compliance with the Communications Act’s limitations on alien ownership as well as general compliance with 
FCC regulations and policies. 

To obtain FCC consent for the assignment or transfer of control of a broadcast license, appropriate applications must 

be filed with the FCC. Interested parties may file objections or petitions to deny such applications. 

Programming and Operation. The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the “public interest.” A licensee is 
required to present programming that is responsive to issues in the station’s community of license and to maintain records 
demonstrating this responsiveness. The FCC regulates, among other things, political advertising; sponsorship identification; the 
advertisement of contests and lotteries; the conduct of station-run contests; obscene, indecent and profane broadcasts; certain 
employment practices; and certain technical operation requirements, including limits on human exposure to radio-frequency 
radiation. The FCC considers complaints from listeners concerning a station’s public-service programming, employment 
practices, or other operational issues when processing a renewal application filed by a station, but the FCC may consider 

3 

complaints at any time and may impose fines or take other action for violations of the FCC’s rules separate from its action on a 
renewal application. 

FCC regulations prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time as well as the broadcast, between the hours of 

6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m., of material it considers “indecent” or “profane”. The FCC has historically enforced licensee 
compliance in this area through the assessment of monetary forfeitures. Such forfeitures may include: (i) imposition of the 
maximum authorized fine for egregious cases ($414,454 for a single violation, up to a maximum of $3,825,726 for a continuing 
violation); and (ii) imposition of fines on a per utterance basis instead of a single fine for an entire program. There may be 
indecency complaints that have been submitted to the FCC of which we have not yet been notified. 

Certain FCC rules regulate the conduct of on-air station contests, requiring in general that the material rules and terms 

of the contest be broadcast periodically or posted online and that the contest be conducted substantially as announced. 

Enforcement Authority. The FCC has the power to impose penalties for violations of its rules under the Communications Act, 
including the imposition of monetary fines, the issuance of short-term licenses, the imposition of a condition on the renewal of 
a license, the denial of authority to acquire new stations, and the revocation of operating authority. The maximum fine for a 
single violation of the FCC’s rules (other than the rules regarding indecency and profanity) is $51,222. 

Proposed and Recent Changes. Congress, the FCC and other federal agencies are considering or may in the future consider and 
adopt new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could: (i) affect, directly or indirectly, the 
operation, ownership and profitability of our radio stations; (ii) result in the loss of audience share and advertising revenues for 
our radio stations; and (iii) affect our ability to acquire additional radio stations or to finance those acquisitions. 

Federal Antitrust Laws. The federal agencies responsible for enforcing the federal antitrust laws, the Federal Trade 
Commission (“FTC”) and the DOJ, may investigate certain acquisitions. For an acquisition meeting certain size thresholds, the 
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 requires the parties to file Notification and Report Forms with the FTC 
and the DOJ and to observe specified waiting-period requirements before consummating the acquisition. The Merger was 
subject to review by the FTC and the DOJ. On November 1, 2017, we entered into a consent decree with the DOJ that resolved 
the DOJ’s investigation into the Merger. 

HD Radio 

AM and FM radio stations may use the FCC selected In-Band On-Channel (“IBOC”) as the exclusive technology for 

terrestrial digital operations. IBOC, developed by iBiquity Digital Corporation, is also known as “HD Radio.” 

HD Radio technology permits a station to transmit radio programming in digital format. We currently use HD Radio 

digital technology on most of our FM stations. The advantages of digital audio broadcasting over traditional analog 
broadcasting technology include improved sound quality, the availability of additional channels and the ability to offer a greater 
variety of auxiliary services. 

Employees 

As of January 31, 2020, we had 4,144 full-time employees and 2,911 part-time employees. With respect to certain of 
our stations in our Boston, Chicago, Detroit, Hartford, Kansas City, Los Angeles, Minneapolis, New York City, Philadelphia, 
Pittsburgh, San Francisco and St. Louis markets, we are a party to collective bargaining agreements with the Screen Actors 
Guild - American Federation of Television and Radio Artists (known as SAG-AFTRA). With respect to certain of our stations 
in our Chicago, Los Angeles, and New York City markets, we are a party to collective bargaining agreements with the Writers 
Guild of America East (known as WGAE) and Writers Guild of America West (known as WGAW). With respect to certain of 
our stations in our Chicago, New York City, and Philadelphia markets, we are a party to collective bargaining agreements with 
the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (known as IBEW). We believe that our relations with our employees are 
good. 

4 

Corporate Governance 

Code Of Business Conduct And Ethics. We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to each of our 
employees, including our principal executive officers and senior members of our finance department. Our Code of Business 
Conduct and Ethics can be found on the “Investors” sub-page of our website located at www.entercom.com/investors. 

Board Committee Charters. Each of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating/Corporate 
Governance Committee has a committee charter as required by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). 
These committee charters can be found on the “Investors” sub-page of our website located at www.entercom.com/investors. 

Corporate Governance Guidelines. NYSE rules require our Board of Directors (the “Board”) to establish certain 

Corporate Governance Guidelines. These guidelines can be found on the “Investors” sub-page of our website located at 
www.entercom.com/investors. 

Environmental Compliance 

As the owner, lessee or operator of various real properties and facilities, we are subject to various federal, state and 

local environmental laws and regulations. Historically, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material 
adverse effect on our business. 

Seasonality 

Seasonal revenue fluctuations are common in the radio broadcasting industry and are due primarily to fluctuations in 

advertising expenditures. Typically, revenues are lowest in the first calendar quarter of the year. 

Internet Address and Internet Access to Periodic and Current Reports 

You can find more information about us that includes a list of our stations in each of our markets on our Internet 

website located at www.entercom.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current 
Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge through our Internet website as soon as 
reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). 
The contents of our websites are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or 
document we file with the SEC, and any references to our websites are intended to be inactive textual references only. We will 
also provide a copy of our annual report on Form 10-K upon any written request. 

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

Many statements contained in this report are forward-looking in nature. See “Note Regarding Forward-Looking 

Statements.” These statements are based on current plans, intentions or expectations, and actual results could differ materially 
as we cannot guarantee that we will achieve these plans, intentions or expectations. Among the factors that could cause actual 
results to differ are the following: 

BUSINESS RISKS 
Our results may be impacted by economic trends. 

Our net revenues increased in 2019 as compared to the prior year primarily as a result of organic growth and strategic 

acquisitions made during 2018 and 2019.  

Our results of operations could be negatively impacted by economic fluctuations or future economic downturns. Also, 

expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions. The risks associated with our business 
could be more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising 
expenditures. A decrease in advertising expenditures could adversely impact our business, financial condition and result of 
operations. 

There can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse impact on our ability to access capital, which could 

adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our ability to access the capital markets 

5 

 
may be severely restricted at a time when we would like or need to do so, which could have an adverse impact on our capacity 
to react to changing economic and business conditions. 

Our radio stations may be adversely affected by changes in programming and competition for advertising revenues. 

We operate in a highly competitive business. Our radio stations compete for audiences with advertising revenues as 
our principal source of income. We compete directly with other radio stations, as well as with other media, such as broadcast, 
cable and satellite television, satellite radio and pure-play digital audio, newspapers and magazines, national and local digital 
services, outdoor advertising and direct mail. We also compete for advertising dollars with other large companies such as 
Facebook, Google and Amazon. Audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, and any decrease in our listenership 
ratings or market share in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the revenues of our stations located in that 
market. Audience ratings and market shares could be affected by a variety of factors, including changes in the format or content 
of programming (some of which may be outside of our control), personnel changes, demographic shifts and general broadcast 
listening trends. Adverse changes in any of these areas or trends could adversely impact our business, financial condition, 
results of operations and cash flows. 

While we already compete in some of our markets with stations with similarly programmed formats, if another radio 

station in a market were to convert its programming format to a format similar to one of our stations or if an existing competitor 
were to garner additional market share, our stations could suffer a reduction in ratings and/or advertising revenues and could 
incur increased promotional and other expenses. Competing companies may be larger and/or have more financial resources than 
we do. There can be no assurance that any of our stations will be able to maintain or increase their current audience ratings, 
market shares and advertising revenues. 

Cybersecurity threats could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

The use of our computers and digital technology in substantially all aspects of our business operations gives rise to 
cybersecurity risks, including malware, spam, advanced persistent threats, email Denial of Service, or DoS, and Distributed 
Denial of Service, or DDoS, data leaks, and other security threats.  A cybersecurity attack could compromise confidential 
information or disrupt our operations. There can be no assurance that we, or the information security systems we implement, 
will protect against all of these rapidly changing risks. A cybersecurity incident could increase our operating costs, disrupt our 
operations, harm our reputation, or subject us to liability under contracts with our commercial partners, or laws and regulations 
that protect personal data. We maintain insurance coverage against certain of such risks, but cannot guarantee that such 
coverage will be applicable or sufficient with respect to any given incident or on-going incidents that go undetected.  In 2019, 
we experienced malware attacks which temporarily disrupted certain business operations, and, although these events did not 
have a material adverse effect on our operating results, there can be no assurance of a similar result in the future.  Although we 
have developed, and further enhanced, our systems and processes that are designed to protect personal information and prevent 
data loss and other security breaches such as those we have experienced in the past, such measures cannot provide absolute 
security. 

Cybersecurity breaches may increase our costs and cause losses.  

Our information security systems and processes, which are designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity and 
availability of networks, systems, applications and digital information, cannot provide absolute security. Cybersecurity breaches 
could result in an increase in costs related to securing our systems against cybersecurity threats, defending against litigation, 
responding to regulatory investigation, and other remediation costs or capital expense associated with detecting, preventing, and 
responding to cybersecurity incidents, including augmenting backup and recovery capabilities. 

The loss of, or difficulty attracting, motivating and retaining, key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

Our business depends upon the continued efforts, abilities and expertise of our executive officers and other key 
personnel. We believe that the loss of one or more of these individuals could adversely impact our business, financial condition, 
results of operations and cash flows. 

Competition for experienced professional personnel is intense, and we must work to retain and attract these 
professionals.  For example, our radio stations compete for creative and on-air talent with other radio stations and other media, 
such as broadcast, cable and satellite television, digital media and satellite radio. Our on-air talent are subject to change, due to 
competition and other reasons. Changes in on-air talent could materially and negatively affect our ratings and our ability to 
attract local and national advertisers, which could in turn adversely affect our revenues. 

6 

Increases in or new royalties, including through legislation, could adversely impact our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

We must pay royalties to the copyright owners of musical compositions (e.g., song composers, publishers, et al.) for 

the public performance of such musical compositions on our radio stations and internet streams.  We satisfy this requirement by 
obtaining blanket public performance licenses from performing rights organizations ("PROs").  We pay fees to the PROs for 
these licenses, and the PROs in turn compensate the copyright owners.  We currently maintain, and pay all fees associated with, 
public performance licenses from the following PROs: American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers ("ASCAP"), 
Broadcast Music, Inc. ("BMI"), SESAC, Inc. ("SESAC"), and Global Music Rights ("GMR").  The royalty rates we pay to 
copyright owners for the public performance of musical compositions on our radio stations and internet streams could increase 
as a result of private negotiations and the emergence of new PROs, which could adversely impact our businesses, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

We must also pay royalties to the copyright owners of sound recordings (e.g., record labels, recording artists, et al.) for 

the digital audio transmission of such sound recordings on the Internet.  We pay such royalties under federal statutory licenses 
and pay applicable license fees to SoundExchange, the non-profit organization designated by the United States Copyright 
Royalty Board ("CRB") to collect such license fees.  The royalty rates applicable to sound recordings under federal statutory 
licenses are subject to adjustment by the CRB.  The royalty rates we pay to copyright owners for the digital audio transmission 
of sound recordings on the Internet could increase as a result of private negotiations, regulatory rate-setting processes, or 
administrative and court decisions, which could adversely impact our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows.  

We do not pay royalties for the public performance of sound recordings by means of terrestrial broadcasts on our radio 

stations.  However, from time-to-time, Congress considers legislation that would require radio broadcasters to pay royalties to 
applicable copyright owners for the public performance of sound recordings by means of terrestrial broadcasts.  Such proposed 
legislation has been the subject of considerable debate and activity by the radio broadcast industry and other parties that could 
be affected.  We cannot predict whether or not any such proposed legislation will become law.  New royalty rates for the public 
performance of sound recordings by means of terrestrial broadcasts on our radio stations could increase our expenses, which 
could adversely impact our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.   

Federal copyright law has historically provided copyright protection for sound recordings made and fixed to a tangible 

medium on or after February 15, 1972.  The Music Modernization Act ("MMA") signed into law on October 11, 2018 (the 
"MMA Enactment Date") extends federal copyright protection, and preempts all State laws applicable, to sound recordings 
created prior to February 15, 1972 (the "Pre-1972 Recordings") as of the MMA Enactment Date.  A number of recording artists 
and independent record labels claim the laws of certain States provide copyright protections for their Pre-1972 Recordings, and 
have brought claims in those States against several radio broadcasters (including CBS Radio) for allegedly infringing on the 
exclusive public performance right of such recording artists and record labels in their Pre-1972 Recordings. 

In August 2015, CBS Radio was named as a defendant in two separate putative class action lawsuits in a federal court 
in each of California and New York for common law copyright infringement as well as related state law claims. In May 2016, 
the California court dismissed the California case against CBS Radio. In June 2016, the plaintiff record labels appealed this 
judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. In March 2017, the New York federal court dismissed the New 
York suit with prejudice. In the California case, the plaintiffs sought to certify a class action related to other Pre-1972 
Recordings. The California District Court: (a) struck the class certification claims; and (b) granted summary judgment in CBS 
Radio’s favor on the basis that CBS Radio had publicly performed post-1972 digitally remastered recordings, those remastered 
recordings were derivative works sufficiently original to be copyrightable, and thus those works were governed exclusively by 
federal law, rather than California state law which governs the public performance of the original recordings. In August 2018, 
the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the California District Court opinion. We filed a petition for rehearing en banc on 
September 18, 2018. That petition was denied. However, the original decision was amended in part. Following remand, the 
California District Court entered a stay, pending the outcome of a separate case, Flo & Eddie, Inc. v. Pandora Media, Inc., in 
which the California Supreme Court will decide whether California law recognizes a public performance right for Pre-1972 
Recordings. An adverse decision in the California case against us could impede our ability to broadcast or stream the Pre-1972 
Recordings and/or increase our royalty payments, as well as expose us to liability for past broadcasts. 

The failure to protect our intellectual property could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

Our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights is important to the success of our business. We 
endeavor to protect our intellectual property under trade secret, trademark, copyright and patent law, and through a combination 
of employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements, other contractual restrictions, and other methods. We have registered 

7 

 
trademarks in state and federal trademark offices in the United States and enforce our rights through, among other things, filing 
oppositions with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Offices. There is a risk that unauthorized digital distribution of our content 
could occur, and competitors may adopt names similar to ours or use confusingly similar terms as keywords in internet search 
engine advertising programs, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and leading to confusion among our audience 
or advertisers. Moreover, maintaining and policing our intellectual property rights may require us to spend significant resources 
as litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, courts or other administrative bodies, is unpredictable 
and may not always be cost-effective. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to adequately protect 
and enforce our intellectual property. The failure to protect and enforce our intellectual property could adversely impact our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

We may be subject to claims and litigation from third parties claiming that our operations infringe on their intellectual 

property. Any intellectual property litigation could be costly and could divert the efforts and attention of our management and 
technical personnel, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If 
any such actions are successful, in addition to any potential liability for damages, we could be required to obtain a license in 
order to continue to operate our business. 

We cannot predict the competitive effect on the radio broadcasting industry of changes in audio content distribution, 
changes in technology or changes in regulations. 

The radio broadcasting industry is subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and the 
emergence of new media technologies and services with which we compete for listeners and advertising revenues. We may lack 
the resources to acquire new technologies or introduce new services to allow us to effectively compete with these new 
offerings. Competing technologies and services which compete for listeners and advertising revenues traditionally spent on 
audio advertising include: (i) personal audio devices such as smart phones; (ii) satellite-delivered digital radio services that 
offer numerous programming channels such as Sirius Satellite Radio; (iii) audio programming by internet content providers and 
internet radio stations such as Spotify and Pandora; (iv) low-power FM radio stations, which are non-commercial FM radio 
broadcast outlets that serve small, localized areas; (v) digital audio files made available on the Internet for downloading to a 
computer or mobile device such as podcasts that permit users to listen to programming on a time-delayed basis and to fast-
forward through programming and/or advertisements; and (vi) search engine and e-commerce websites where a significant 
portion of their revenues are derived from advertising revenues such as Google and Yelp.  

We cannot predict the effect, if any, that competition arising from new technologies or regulatory changes may have 

on the radio broadcasting industry or on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

We are subject to extensive regulations and are dependent on federally-issued licenses to operate our radio stations. Failure 
to comply with such regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business. 

The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act. See 

Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting under Part I, Item 1, “Business.” We are required to obtain licenses from the FCC to 
operate our radio stations. Licenses are normally granted for a term of eight years and are renewable. Although the vast 
majority of FCC radio station licenses are routinely renewed, there can be no assurance that the FCC will approve our future 
renewal applications or that the renewals will not include conditions or qualifications. During the periods when a renewal 
application is pending, informal objections and petitions to deny the renewal application can be filed by interested parties, 
including members of the public, on a variety of grounds. The non-renewal, or renewal with substantial conditions or 
modifications, of one or more of our licenses could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows. 

We must comply with extensive FCC regulations and policies in the ownership and operation of our radio stations. 

FCC regulations limit the number of radio stations that a licensee can own in a market, which could restrict our ability to 
consummate future transactions and in certain circumstances could require us to divest some radio stations. The FCC’s rules 
governing our radio station operations impose costs on our operations, and changes in those rules could have an adverse effect 
on our business. The FCC also requires radio stations to comply with certain technical requirements to limit interference 
between two or more radio stations. If the FCC relaxes these technical requirements, it could impair the signals transmitted by 
our radio stations and could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operation. Moreover, these FCC 
regulations may change over time, and there can be no assurance that changes would not adversely impact our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. We are currently the subject of several pending investigations by the FCC.  Refer 
to Note 22, Contingencies And Commitments, for further details regarding one such investigation. 

8 

Congress or federal agencies that regulate us could impose new regulations or fees on our operations that could have a 
material adverse effect on us. 

There has been in the past and there could be again in the future proposed legislation that requires radio broadcasters 

to pay additional fees such as a spectrum fee for the use of the spectrum. In addition, there has been proposed legislation which 
would impose a new royalty fee that would be paid to record labels and performing artists for use of their recorded music. It is 
currently unknown what impact any potential required royalty payments or fees would have on our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

We depend on selected market clusters of radio stations for a material portion of our revenues. 

For 2019, we generated over 50% of our as reported net revenues in 9 of our 47 markets, which were Boston, Chicago, 
Dallas, Detroit, Los Angeles, New York City, Philadelphia, San Francisco and Washington, D.C. Accordingly, we have greater 
exposure to adverse events or conditions in any of these markets, such as changes in the economy, shifts in population or 
demographics, or changes in audience tastes, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows. 

Impairments to our broadcasting licenses and goodwill have reduced our earnings. 

We have incurred impairment charges that resulted in non-cash write-downs of our broadcasting licenses and 
goodwill. A significant amount of these impairment losses were recorded in 2008 during the recession, during the fourth quarter 
of 2018 as a result of an interim impairment assessment, and during the fourth quarter of 2019 in connection with our annual 
impairment assessment (described below).  As of December 31, 2019, our broadcasting licenses and goodwill comprised 
approximately 70% of our total assets.  

The annual impairment assessment conducted during the fourth quarter of 2019 indicated: (i) that the fair value of our 

broadcasting licenses exceeded their respective carrying amounts; and (ii) the fair value of our goodwill was less than its 
carrying value. Accordingly, we recorded a $537.4 million impairment charge ($519.6 million, net of tax) on our goodwill in 
the fourth quarter of 2019.  

The valuation of our broadcasting licenses and goodwill is subjective and based on our estimates and assumptions 

rather than precise calculations. The fair value measurements for both our broadcasting licenses and goodwill use significant 
unobservable inputs and reflect our own assumptions, including market share and profit margin for an average station, growth 
within a radio market, estimates of costs and losses during early years, potential competition within a radio market and the 
appropriate discount rate used in determining fair value. While our goodwill impairment assessment utilizes a discounted cash 
flow method by projecting our income over a specified time and capitalizing at an appropriate market rate to arrive at an 
indication of the most probable selling price, we also consider other relevant market information such as our stock price. If 
events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of the broadcasting licenses and goodwill below the 
amount reflected on the balance sheet, we may be required to recognize impairment charges, which may be material, in future 
periods. Current accounting guidance does not permit a valuation increase. 

We have significant obligations relating to our current operating leases. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had future operating lease commitments of approximately $355.0 million that are 
disclosed in Note 22, Contingencies And Commitments, in the accompanying notes to our audited consolidated financial 
statements. We are required to make certain estimates at the inception of a lease in order to determine whether the lease is an 
operating or finance lease. In February 2016, the accounting guidance was modified to increase transparency and comparability 
among organizations by requiring the recognition of right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. The 
most notable change in the standard is the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as 
operating leases with a term of more than one year. This guidance was effective for us as of January 1, 2019.  The impact of 
this guidance had a material impact on our financial position and the impact to our results of operations and cash flows was not 
material.  As of January 1, 2019, we recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment to our accumulated deficit of $4.7 million, net of 
taxes of $1.7 million.  This adjustment was attributable to the recognition of deferred gains from a sale and leaseback 
transaction under the previous accounting guidance for leases.  The most significant impact of the adoption of the new leasing 
guidance was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases on the balance sheet of $288.7 million and 
$306.2 million, respectively, on January 1, 2019.  The difference between the ROU assets and lease liabilities recorded upon 
implementation was primarily attributable to deferred rent balances and unfavorable lease liabilities which were combined and 
presented net within the ROU assets.  

Our business is dependent upon the proper functioning of our internal business processes and information systems, and 
modification or interruption of such systems may disrupt our business, processes and internal controls. 

9 

The proper functioning of our internal business processes and information systems is critical to the efficient operation 
and management of our business. If these information technology systems fail or are interrupted, our operations and operating 
results may be adversely affected. Our business processes and information systems need to be sufficiently scalable to support 
the future growth of our business and may require modifications or upgrades that expose us to a number of operational risks. 
Our information technology systems, and those of third-party providers, may also be vulnerable to damage or disruption caused 
by circumstances beyond our control. These include catastrophic events, power anomalies or outages, computer system or 
network failures and natural disasters. Any material disruption, malfunction or similar challenges with our business processes 
or information systems, or disruptions or challenges relating to the transition to new processes, systems or providers, could 
adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flow. 

The FCC has engaged in vigorous enforcement of its indecency rules against the broadcast industry, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business. 

FCC regulations prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time and indecent or profane material between the 

hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. Over the last decade, the FCC has increased its enforcement efforts relating to the regulation 
of indecency and has threatened on more than one occasion to initiate license revocation proceedings against a broadcast 
licensee who commits a “serious” indecency violation. Congress has dramatically increased the penalties for broadcasting 
obscene, indecent or profane programming, and these penalties may potentially subject broadcasters to license revocation, 
renewal or qualification proceedings in the event that they broadcast such material. In addition, the FCC’s heightened focus on 
the indecency regulatory scheme, against the broadcast industry generally, may encourage third parties to oppose our license 
renewal applications or applications for consent to acquire broadcast stations. We may in the future become subject to inquiries 
or proceedings related to our stations’ broadcast of obscene, indecent or profane material. To the extent that these inquiries or 
other proceedings result in the imposition of fines, a settlement with the FCC, revocation of any of our station licenses or 
denials of license renewal applications, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely 
impacted. 

We may be unable to effectively integrate our acquisitions. 

The integration of acquisitions involves numerous risks, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying our expectations regarding the integration process; 

the potential coordination of a greater number of diverse businesses and/or businesses located in a greater 
number of geographic locations; 
retaining existing customers and attracting new customers; 

the potential diversion of management’s focus and resources from other strategic opportunities and from 
operational matters; 
unforeseen expenses or delays in anticipated timing; 
attracting and retaining the necessary personnel; 

creating uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies and information systems and controlling the costs 
associated with such matters; and 
integrating accounting, finance, sales, billing, payroll, purchasing and regulatory compliance systems. 

We are exposed to credit risk on our accounts receivable. This risk is heightened during periods of uncertain economic 
conditions. 

Our outstanding accounts receivable are not covered by collateral or credit insurance. While we have procedures to 
monitor and limit exposure to credit risk on our receivables, which risk is heightened during periods of uncertain economic 
conditions, there can be no assurance such procedures will effectively limit our credit risk and enable us to avoid losses, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. 

10 

We rely on key contracts and business relationships, and if our business partners or contracting counterparties fail to 
perform, or terminate, any of their contractual arrangements with us for any reason or cease operations, our business could 
be disrupted and our revenues could be adversely affected. 

We rely on key contracts and business relationships, and if our business partners or contracting counterparties fail to 
perform, or terminate, any of their contractual arrangements with us for any reason or cease operations, our business could be 
disrupted and our revenues could be adversely affected. For instance, if one of our business partners or counterparties is unable 
(including as a result of any bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding) or unwilling to continue operating in the line of business that 
is the subject of our contract, we may not be able to obtain similar relationships and agreements on terms acceptable to us or at 
all. The failure to perform or termination of any of the agreements by a partner or a counterparty, the discontinuation of 
operations of a partner or counterparty, the loss of good relations with a partner or counterparty or our inability to obtain similar 
relationships or agreements, may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS 
We have substantial indebtedness, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We have substantial indebtedness. As of December 31, 2019, we had a senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit 

Facility”) of $1.0 billion outstanding that is comprised of: (a) a $770.0 million term B-2 loan (the “Term B-2 Loan”); and (b) a 
$250.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”), of which $117.0 million was outstanding at 
December 31, 2019. In addition to the Credit Facility, we also have outstanding $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 
7.250% senior notes due October 2024 (the “Senior Notes”) and $425.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.500% senior 
secured second-lien notes due May 2027 (the "Notes"). 

This significant amount of indebtedness could have an adverse impact on us. For example, these obligations: 
•  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations with respect to our indebtedness; 

• 

• 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on indebtedness, thereby 
reducing the availability of cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes; 

increase our vulnerability to and limit the flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business, the 
industry in which we operate, the economy and government regulations; 

•  may restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures; 
•  may limit or prohibit our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions including share repurchases 

• 

• 

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness; 

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowing under the Term B-2 Loan and Revolver are subject to 
variable rates of interest; and 

•  may limit or prohibit our ability to borrow additional funds. 

The undrawn amount of the Revolver was $127.1 million as of December 31, 2019. The amount of the Revolver 

available to us is a function of covenant compliance at the time of borrowing. Based on our financial covenant analysis as of 
December 31, 2019, we would not be limited in these borrowings. 

We may from time to time seek to amend our existing indebtedness agreements or obtain funding or additional debt 

financing, which may result in higher interest rates. 

The terms of the Credit Facility, the Senior Notes and the Notes may restrict our current and future operations. 

The Credit Facility, the Indenture governing the Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes Indenture”) and the Indenture 

governing the Notes (the "Notes Indenture") contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and 
financial restrictions on us and limit our ability to engage in actions that may be in our long-term best interests, including 
restrictions on our ability to: 

• 

incur additional indebtedness; 
pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our stock; 

• 
•  make investments or acquisitions; 

11 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

sell, transfer or otherwise convey certain assets; 
incur liens; 
enter into Sale and Lease-Back Transactions (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture); 
enter into agreements restricting our ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers; 
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; 
enter into transactions with affiliates; 
prepay certain kinds of indebtedness; 
issue or sell stock; and 
change the nature of our business. 

As a result of our substantial indebtedness, we may be: 

• 

• 

• 

limited in how we conduct our business; 

unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; 
or 
unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. 

These restrictions could hinder our ability to pursue our business strategy or inhibit our ability to adhere to our 

intended dividend policies. 

We may still be able to incur substantial additional amounts of indebtedness, including secured indebtedness, which could 
further exacerbate the risks associated with our indebtedness and adversely impact our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

We may incur substantial additional amounts of indebtedness, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with 

the indebtedness described above. Although the terms of the agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain 
restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and additional liens, these restrictions are subject to a number of 
qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be 
substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. If new 
indebtedness is added to our existing indebtedness levels, the related risks that we face would intensify, and we may not be able 
to meet all of our respective indebtedness obligations. The incurrence of additional indebtedness may adversely impact our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We must comply with the covenants in our debt agreements, which restrict our operational flexibility. 

The Credit Facility contains provisions which, under certain circumstances: limit our ability to borrow money; make 
acquisitions, investments or restricted payments, including without limitation dividends and the repurchase of stock; swap or 
sell assets; or merge or consolidate with another company. To secure the indebtedness under our Credit Facility, we have 
pledged substantially all of our assets, including the stock or equity interests of our subsidiaries. 

The Credit Facility requires us to maintain compliance with a financial covenant, including a maximum Consolidated 
Net First Lien Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) that cannot exceed 4.0 times as of December 31, 2019. Under 
certain circumstances, the Consolidated Net First Lien Leverage Ratio can increase to 4.5 times for a limited period of time. 

Our ability to comply with this financial covenant may be affected by operating performance or other events beyond 
our control, and there can be no assurance that we will comply with these covenants. A default under the Credit Facility could 
have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Failure to comply with our financial covenant or other terms of these financial instruments and the failure to negotiate 
and obtain any required relief from our lenders could result in the acceleration of the maturity of our outstanding indebtedness 
and our lenders could proceed against our assets, including the equity interests of our subsidiaries. Under these circumstances, 
the acceleration of our indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

A breach of the covenants under the Senior Notes Indenture, the Notes Indenture or under the Credit Facility could 
result in an event of default under the applicable agreement. Such a default would allow the lenders under the Credit Facility 
and/or the holders of the Senior Notes and the Notes to accelerate the repayment of such indebtedness and may result in the 

12 

acceleration of the repayment of any other indebtedness to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In 
addition, an uncured event of default under the Credit Facility would also permit the lenders under the Credit Facility to 
terminate all other commitments to extend additional credit under the Credit Facility. 

Furthermore, if we are unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the Credit Facility, those lenders could seek 

to foreclose on the collateral that secures such indebtedness. In the event that creditors accelerate the repayment of our 
borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. 

Because of our holding company structure, we depend on our subsidiaries for cash flow, and our access to this cash flow is 
restricted. 

We operate as a holding company. All of our radio stations are currently owned and operated by our subsidiaries. 
Entercom Media Corp., our 100% owned subsidiary, is the borrower under the Credit Facility. All of our station operating 
subsidiaries and FCC license subsidiaries are subsidiaries of Entercom Media Corp.  Most of Entercom Media Corp.’s 
subsidiaries are full and unconditional joint and several guarantors under the Credit Facility. 

As a holding company, our only source of cash to pay our obligations, including corporate overhead and other 

expenses, is cash distributed from our subsidiaries. We currently expect that the majority of the net earnings and cash flow of 
our subsidiaries will be retained and used by them in their operations, including servicing Entercom Media Corp.’s 
indebtedness obligations. Even if our subsidiaries elect to make distributions to us, there can be no assurance that applicable 
state law and contractual restrictions, including the restricted payments covenants contained in our Credit Facility, would 
permit such dividends or distributions. 

Our variable-rate indebtedness gives rise to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase 
significantly. Any increase in our debt service obligations could adversely impact our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Borrowings under the Term B-2 Loan and the Revolver are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate 

risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations under the Credit Facility could increase even though the amount 
borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, could 
correspondingly decrease. 

As of December 31, 2019, if the borrowing rates under London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) were to increase 

100 basis points above the current rates, our interest expense on: (i) the Term B-2 Loan would increase $7.6 million on an 
annual basis, including any increase or decrease in interest expense associated with the use of derivative hedging instruments; 
and (ii) the Revolver would increase by $2.5 million, assuming our entire Revolver was outstanding as of December 31, 2019. 

In the future, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest 

payments in order to reduce interest rate risk. We may, however, not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our 
variable-rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk. An increase in our debt 
service obligations could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The expected LIBOR phase-out may have unpredictable impacts on contractual mechanics in the credit markets or the 
broader financial markets, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. 

The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, intends to cease encouraging or requiring banks to 

submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021.  It is unclear whether LIBOR will cease to exist after that date, and there 
is currently no global consensus on what rate or rates will become acceptable alternatives.  In the United States, the U.S. 
Federal Reserve Board-led industry group, the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, selected the Secured Overnight 
Financing Rate ("SOFR") as an alternative to LIBOR for U.S. dollar-denominated LIBOR-benchmarked obligations.  SOFR is 
a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash in the overnight U.S treasury repo market, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New 
York has published the daily rate since 2018.  Nevertheless, because SOFR is a fully secured overnight rate and LIBOR is a 
forward-looking unsecured rate, SOFR is likely to be lower than LIBOR on most dates, and any spread adjustment applied by 
market participants to alleviate any mismatch during a transition period will be subject to methodology that remains undefined.  
Additionally, master agreements or other contracts drafted before consensus is reached on a variety of details related to a 
transition may not reflect provisions necessary to address it once LIBOR is fully phased out.   

As discussed above, borrowings under the Term B-2 Loan and Revolver are at variable rates.  As of December 31, 
2019, we had $770.0 million outstanding under the Term B-2 Loan and $117.0 million outstanding under the Revolver.  The 
Revolver provides for interest based upon the Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin.  The Term B-2 Loan provides for interest 

13 

based upon the Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin. Because the Term B-2 Loan and the Revolver are, at times, LIBOR-
benchmarked debt, we may be exposed to unpredictable changes in LIBOR-benchmarked provisions in such obligations.  Such 
exposure cannot be determined at this time.  

The discontinuation of LIBOR and the transition from LIBOR to SOFR or other benchmark rates could have an 

unpredictable impact on contractual mechanics in the credit markets or result in disruption to the broader financial markets, 
including causing interest rates under our current or future LIBOR-benchmarked agreements to perform differently than in the 
past, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. 

To service our indebtedness and other cash needs, we require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash 
depends on many factors beyond our control. 

Our ability to satisfy our indebtedness obligations and to fund any planned capital expenditures, dividends and other 

cash needs will depend in part upon our future financial and operating performance, and upon our ability to renew or refinance 
borrowings. There can be no assurance that we will generate cash flow from operations, or that we will be able to draw under 
the Revolver or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs, including the payment of principal and interest 
on our indebtedness. 

Prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of 

which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to make these payments. 

If we are unable to make payments or refinance our indebtedness or obtain new financing under these circumstances, 

• 

we may consider other options, including: 
sales of assets; 
sales of equity; 
reduction or delay of capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances; or 
negotiations with lenders to restructure the applicable indebtedness. 

• 

• 

• 

These alternative measures may not be successful and may not enable us to meet scheduled indebtedness service 

obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our 
financial conditions at such time. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to 
comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or 
future indebtedness agreements may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of sufficient cash flow 
from operating results and other resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be required to dispose of 
material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those 
dispositions for fair market value, or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not 
be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our 
indebtedness obligations, or to refinance such indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could adversely impact 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future 
borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital. 

Any decline in the ratings of our corporate credit or any indications from the rating agencies that their ratings on our 

corporate credit are under surveillance or review with possible negative implications could adversely impact our ability to 
access capital, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

14 

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR STOCK 

Our Chairman Emeritus and our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer own a large minority equity interest in 
us and have substantial influence over our Company. Their interests may conflict with your interests. 

As of February 14, 2020, Joseph M. Field, our Chairman Emeritus and one of our directors, beneficially owned 

13,451,235 shares of our Class A common stock and 2,295,949 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 
approximately 21.4% of the total voting power of all of our outstanding common stock. As of February 14, 2020, David J. 
Field, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, one of our directors and the son of Joseph M. Field, beneficially 
owned 2,229,730 shares of our Class A common stock and 1,749,250 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 
approximately 11.6% of the total voting power of all of our outstanding common stock. Joseph M. Field and David J. Field 
beneficially own all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Other members of the Field family and trusts for their 
benefit also own shares of our Class A common stock. 

Shares of our Class B common stock are transferable only to Joseph M. Field, David J. Field, certain of their family 

members or trusts for any of their benefit. Upon any other transfer, shares of our Class B common stock automatically convert 
into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes 
only when Joseph M. Field or David J. Field vote them, subject to certain exceptions when they are restricted to one vote. 
Joseph M. Field is able to significantly influence the vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. 

Our Class A common stock price and trading volume could be volatile. 

Our Class A common stock has been publicly traded on the NYSE since January 29, 1999. The market price of our 

Class A common stock and our trading volume have been subject to fluctuations since the date of our initial public offering. As 
a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could experience volatility, regardless of our operating performance. 

The difficulties associated with any attempt to gain control of our Company could adversely affect the price of our Class A 
common stock. 

There are certain provisions contained in our articles of incorporation, by-laws and Pennsylvania law that could make 

it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of our Company. In addition, FCC approval is required for transfers of 
control of FCC licenses and assignments of FCC licenses. These restrictions and limitations could adversely affect the trading 
price of our Class A common stock. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

The types of properties required to support each of our radio stations include offices, studios and transmitter/antenna 
sites. We lease most of these sites. A station’s studios are generally housed with its offices in business districts. Our studio and 
office space leases typically contain lease terms with expiration dates of five to 15 years, which may contain options to renew. 
Our transmitter/antenna sites, which may include an auxiliary transmitter/antenna as a back-up to the main site, contain lease 
terms that generally range from five to 30 years, which may include options to renew. 

The transmitter/antenna site for each station is generally located so as to provide maximum market coverage. In 

general, we do not anticipate difficulties in renewing facility or transmitter/antenna site leases or in leasing additional space or 
sites if required. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $355.0 million in future minimum rental commitments under these 

leases. Many of these leases contain clauses such as defined contractual increases or cost of living adjustments. 

Our principal executive office is located at 2400 Market Street, 4th Floor, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, in 67,031 

square feet of leased office space, of which approximately half of the space is dedicated to principal executive offices. While 
the initial term of this lease expires on July 31, 2034, the lease provides for several optional renewal periods.  

15 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We currently and from time to time are involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of our business. Management 

anticipates that any potential liability of ours that may arise out of or with respect to these matters will not materially adversely 
affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

Broadcast Licenses 

We could face increased costs in the form of fines and a greater risk that we could lose any one or more of our 

broadcasting licenses if the FCC concludes that programming broadcast by our stations is obscene, indecent or profane and 
such conduct warrants license revocation. The FCC’s authority to impose a fine for the broadcast of such material is $414,454 
for a single incident, with a maximum fine of up to $3,825,726 for a continuing violation. 

Licenses 

The Radio Music Licensing Committee (the “RMLC”), of which we are a represented participant: (i) entered into an 

industry-wide settlement with ASCAP, resulting in a new license made available to RMLC members, that became effective 
January 1, 2017, for a five-year term; (ii) is currently seeking reasonable terms and fees for a new license that would be 
retroactively effective to January 1, 2017, from BMI through settlement negotiations and potential rate court proceedings; 
(iii) is currently subject to arbitration proceedings with SESAC to determine fair and reasonable fees that would be effective 
January 1, 2019; and (iv) commencing on January 1, 2017, entered into a series of interim licenses with GMR, the most current 
of which expires March 31, 2020.  The RMLC filed a motion in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania 
against GMR in November 2016 arguing that GMR is a monopoly demanding monopoly prices and asking the Court to subject 
GMR to an antitrust consent decree. GMR filed a counterclaim in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California 
and a motion to dismiss the RMLC’s claim in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. There have been 
subsequent claims and counterclaims to establish jurisdiction. In 2019, all claims between the RMLC and GMR were 
transferred to the U.S. District Court of California.   

The CRB will be initiating a proceeding in March 2020 that will establish the royalty rates we pay under federal 

statutory license for the public performance of sound recordings on the Internet for 2021-2026.  

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information for Our Common Stock 

Our Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ETM.” 

There is no established trading market for our Class B common stock, $0.01 par value. 

Holders 

As of February 20, 2020, there were approximately 530 shareholders of record of our Class A common stock. Based 
upon available information, we believe we have approximately 19,000 beneficial owners of our Class A common stock. There 
are two shareholders of record of our Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, and no shareholders of record of our Class C 
common stock, $0.01 par value. In connection with the Merger, we refinanced our then-outstanding indebtedness in the fourth 
quarter of 2017 and in the process we fully redeemed our outstanding perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock 
(“Preferred”). As a result, there were no holders of our Preferred as of December 31, 2019, or December 31, 2018.   

16 

 
Dividends 

Effective as of the second quarter of 2016 and continuing through the period prior to the Merger, our Board 
commenced an annual common stock dividend program of $0.30 per share, with payments that approximated $2.9 million per 
quarter. In addition to the quarterly dividend, we paid a special one-time cash dividend of $0.20 per share of common stock on 
August 30, 2017, which approximated $7.8 million. 

On November 2, 2017, our Board approved an increase to the annual dividend program to $0.36 per share, with 

payments that approximated $12.4 million per quarter.  

On August 9, 2019, our Board of Directors reduced the annual common stock dividend program to $0.08 per share of 
common stock.  We estimate quarterly dividend payments to approximate $2.7 million per quarter.  Any future dividends will 
be at the discretion of the Board based upon the relevant factors at the time of such consideration, including, without limitation, 
compliance with the restrictions set forth in the Credit Facility, the Notes and the Senior Notes. 

In connection with the refinancing of our then-outstanding credit facility during the fourth quarter of 2017, the 

following funds were paid in November 2017 in order to fully redeem our Preferred: (i) $27.5 million to fully redeem the 
amount of Preferred previously outstanding; and (ii) $0.2 million in unpaid dividends through the redemption date. Quarterly 
dividends on our Preferred were paid in each of the quarters beginning in October 2015 at an annual rate of 6% that increased 
over time to 10% at the time of redemption. No further dividends on our Preferred were paid during 2018 or 2019. 

For a summary of restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, see Liquidity under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s 

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Note 11, Long-Term Debt, in the 
accompanying notes to our audited consolidated financial statements. 

Sales of Unregistered Securities 

We did not sell any equity securities during 2019 that were not registered under the Securities Act. 

Repurchases of Our Stock 

The following table provides information on our repurchases of stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2019: 
Maximum 
Approximate 
Dollar 
Value of 
Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the 
Plans or 
Programs 
—      $ 41,578,230 
—      $ 41,578,230 
—      $ 41,578,230 
—     

Period (1) (2) 
October 1, 2019 - October 31, 2019 
November 1, 2019 - November 30, 2019 (1) 
December 1, 2019 - December 31, 2019 (1) 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 
as Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs 

Total  
Number  
of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price 
Paid per 
Share 

— $
$
$

36,096
372
36,468

— 
4.78 
5.82 

Total 

(1)  We withheld shares upon the vesting of RSUs in order to satisfy employees’ tax obligations. As a result, we are deemed to 
have purchased: (i) 36,096 shares at an average price of $4.78 in November 2019; and (ii) 372 shares at an average price of 
$5.82 per share in December 2019. 

(2)  On November 2, 2017, our Board announced a share repurchase program (the “2017 Share Repurchase Program”) to 

permit us to purchase up to $100.0 million of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock through open market 
purchases. In connection with the 2017 Share Repurchase Program, we did not repurchase any shares during the three 
months ended December 31, 2019. 

17 

 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2019, the number of securities outstanding upon the exercise of 

outstanding options under our equity compensation plan, the weighted average exercise price of such securities and the number 
of securities available for grant under these plans: 

Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2019

Plan Category 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders:

Entercom Equity Compensation Plan (1) 

Total 

(a)

(b) 

Number Of 
Shares To Be 
Issued Upon 
Exercise Of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants 
And Rights 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price Of 
Outstanding 
Options, 
Warrants 
And Rights 

(c )
Number Of 
Securities 
Remaining 
Available For 
Future Issuance
Under Equity 
Compensation 
Plans (Excluding
Column (a)) 

542,582
542,582

$

12.06    

1,606,922 
1,606,922 

(1)  On January 1 of each year, the number of shares of Class A common stock authorized under the Entercom Equity 

Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is automatically increased by 1.5 million, or a lesser number as may be determined by our 
Board. On November 30, 2017, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 to register an additional 2,941,525 shares 
under the Plan. These additional shares were registered in order to address CBS equity compensation awards which were 
being converted to our awards in connection with the Merger. The amount of shares available for grant automatically 
increased by 1.5 million on January 1, 2019, and January 1, 2018. As of December 31, 2019: (i) the maximum number of 
shares authorized under the Plan was 16.3 million shares; and (ii) 1.6 million shares remain available for future grant under 
the Plan. The amount of shares available for grant automatically increased by 1.5 million on January 1, 2020, to 3.1 million 
shares. 

For a description of the Plan, refer to Note 16, Share-Based Compensation, in the accompanying notes to our audited 

consolidated financial statements. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Performance Graph 

The following Comparative Stock Performance Graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general 

statement incorporating by reference this Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to 
the extent that we specifically incorporate this information by reference. This Comparative Stock Performance Graph is being 
furnished with this Form 10-K and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts. 

The following line graph compares the cumulative five-year total return provided to shareholders of our Class A 

common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of: (i) the S&P 500 index; (ii) a peer group index consisting of Urban 
One, Inc. ("Urban One"), Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. ("Beasley), Saga Communications, Inc. ("Saga"), iHeartMedia, Inc. 
("iHeart"), and Cumulus Media Inc. ("Cumulus") (the “2019 Peer Group”); and (iii) a peer group index consisting of  Urban 
One, Beasley, and Saga (the “2018 Peer Group”). An investment of $100 (with reinvestment of all dividends) is assumed to 
have been made on December 31, 2014. The change in peer group resulted from the addition of Cumulus and iHeart to the 2019 
Peer Group due to their recent emergence from bankruptcy proceedings. 

Cumulative Five-Year Return Index Of A $100 Investment 

$100 invested on 12/31/14 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. 

* 
Fiscal year ending December 31. 

Copyright© 2020 Standard & Poor’s, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved. 
12/16
127.93 
113.51 
124.46 
124.46 

Entercom Communications Corp. 
S&P 500 
2019 Peer Group 
2018 Peer Group 

12/14
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

12/15
92.35 
101.38 
88.78 
88.78 

12/17 
94.57    
138.29    
142.68    
142.68    

12/18
52.39 
132.23 
86.66 
86.66 

12/19
44.30 
173.86 
100.59 
79.94 

19 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial data below, as of and for the year ended 2019 and the four prior years, were derived from our 

audited consolidated financial statements. The selected financial data for 2019, 2018 and 2017 and balance sheets as of 
December 31, 2019, and 2018 are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the corresponding audited 
consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected financial data for 2016 and 2015 and the balance 
sheets as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are derived from financial statements not included herein. 

Our financial results are not comparable from year to year due to acquisitions and dispositions of radio stations, 
impairments of broadcasting licenses and goodwill, adoption of new accounting standards, and other significant events. 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the 

notes thereto in Item 15, "Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules," and the information contained in Item 7 of Part II, 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."  Historical results are not 
necessarily indicative of future results.  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

2019

2018

Years Ended December 31, 
2017

2016 

2015

Operating Data: 
Net revenues 
Operating (income) expenses: 
Station operating expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Corporate general and administrative 

expenses 
Integration costs 
Restructuring charges 
Impairment loss 
Merger and acquisition costs 
Other expenses related to financing 
Net time brokerage agreement fees 

(income) 

Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of 

assets 
Total operating expenses 

Operating income (loss) 
Other (income) expense: 
Net interest expense 
Other income 
(Gain) loss on early extinguishment of 

debt 

Net loss on investments 
Total other expense 

Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) 

Income taxes (benefit) 

$ 1,489,929 

$ 1,462,567 

$

592,884    $

464,771   $

414,481

1,086,617 
45,331 

1,099,278 
44,288 

443,512   
15,546   

323,270  
9,793  

290,814 
8,419 

84,304 
4,297 
6,976 
545,457 
941 
4,397 

69,492 
25,372 
5,830 
493,988 
3,014 
— 

47,859   
—   
16,922   
952   
41,313   
2,213   

33,328  
—  
—  
254  
708  
565  

26,479 
— 
2,858 
— 
3,978 
— 

106 

(918)

130   

417  

(1,285)

(7,640)
1,770,786 
(280,857)

(12,158)
1,728,186 
(265,619)

100,103 
— 

101,121 
— 

2,046 
— 
102,149 
(383,006)

37,206 

— 
— 
101,121 
(366,740)

(4,153)

11,853   
580,300   
12,584   

32,521   
—   

4,135   
—   
36,656   
(24,072)  
(257,085)  

(1,621) 
366,714  
98,057  

36,639  
(2,299) 

10,858  
—  
45,198  
52,859  
14,794  

(2,364)
328,899 
85,582 

37,961 
— 

— 
— 
37,961 
47,621 

18,437 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
Net income available to the Company - 

continuing operations 

Preferred stock dividend 
Net income available to common 

shareholders - continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued 

operations, net of taxes (benefit) 

Net income (loss) attributable to common 

shareholders 

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share - 
Basic:

Income (loss) from continuing 
operations 

Income (loss from discontinued 

operations, net of taxes (benefit)

Net income (loss) per common share - basic 

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share - 

Diluted:
Income (loss) from continuing 
operations 

Income (loss from discontinued 

operations, net of taxes (benefit)

Net income (loss) per common share - 
diluted

Weighted average shares - basic
Weighted average shares - diluted

Cash Flows Data:

Cash flows related to:

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Other Data:

Common stock dividends declared and paid

Cash dividends declared per common share

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred 
stock dividends declared and paid

(420,212)
— 

(362,587)
— 

233,013   
(2,015)  

(420,212)

(362,587)

230,998   

38,065  
(1,901) 

36,164  

29,184 
(752)

28,432 

— 

1,152 

836   

—  

— 

$

(420,212)

$

(361,435)

$

231,834    $

36,164   $

28,432

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(3.07)

$

(2.63)

$

4.49    $

0.94   $

0.75

— 

0.01 

0.02   

—  

— 

(3.07)

$

(2.62)

$

4.51    $

0.94   $

0.75

(3.07)

$

(2.63)

$

4.37    $

0.91   $

0.73

— 

0.01 

0.02   

—  

— 

(3.07)

$

(2.62)

$

4.38    $

0.91   $

136,967
136,967

138,070
138,070

51,393  
52,885  

38,500  
39,568  

0.73

38,084
39,038

132,188 

(90,516)

(213,537)

30,273 

0.220 

— 

$

$

$

$

$

$

102,249 

141,478 

(85,636)

49,770 

0.360 

— 

$

$

$

$

$

$

29,112    $
17,310    $
(59,098)   $

72,030   $
495   $
(34,851)  $

64,790

(91,744)

4,583

29,296    $
0.515    $

8,666   $
0.225   $

2,574    $

1,788   $

—

—

413

2019

2018

December 31,
2017

2016 

2015

Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 
Total assets 
Senior secured debt and other, including 

current portion 

Senior unsecured notes, senior subordinated 

notes and other 

$ 
20,393 
$  3,643,678 

$

192,258 
4,020,358 

$

34,167    $ 

46,843   $

4,539,201   

1,076,233   

9,169
1,022,108 

889,841 

1,475,082 

1,475,974   

480,087   

268,750 

411,732 

414,158 

416,584   

—   

218,269 

21 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes 

430,000 

— 

—   

—   

— 

Deferred tax liabilities and other long-term 

liabilities 

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred 

stock (mezzanine) 
Total shareholders’ equity 

601,187 

635,150 

717,356   

119,759   

109,251 

— 
881,443 

— 
1,334,260 

—   
1,764,360   

27,732   
393,374   

27,619 
361,450 

22 

 
ITEM 7. 

Overview 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS 

We are a leading American media and entertainment company, with a cume of 170 million people each month, with 

coverage close to 90% of persons 12+ in the top 50 U.S. markets through our premier collection of highly-rated, award-winning 
radio stations, digital platforms and live events. We are the number one creator of live, original, local, premium audio content 
and the nation’s unrivaled leader in news and sports radio. We are home to seven of the eight most listened to all-news stations 
in the U.S., as well as more than 40 professional sports teams and dozens of top college programs. As one of the country’s two 
largest radio broadcasters, we offer local and national advertisers integrated marketing solutions across audio, digital and event 
platforms to deliver the power of local connection on a national scale. We have a nationwide footprint of radio stations 
including positions in all of the top 16 markets and 22 of the top 25 markets. We were organized in 1968 as a Pennsylvania 
corporation. 

On February 2, 2017, we and Merger Sub entered into the CBS Radio Merger Agreement with CBS and CBS Radio, 

pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into CBS Radio with CBS Radio surviving as our wholly-owned subsidiary. In 
2018, we changed the name of CBS Radio to Entercom Media Corp. The parties to the Merger believe that the Merger was tax-
free to CBS and its shareholders. The Merger was effected through a stock-for-stock Reverse Morris Trust transaction. 

On November 1, 2017, we entered into a settlement with the Antitrust Division of the DOJ. The settlement with the 

DOJ together with several required station divestiture transactions with third parties, allowed us to move forward with the 
Merger. On November 9, 2017, we obtained approval from the FCC to consummate the Merger. The transactions contemplated 
by the CBS Radio Merger Agreement were approved by our shareholders on November 15, 2017. Upon the expiration of the 
exchange offer period on November 16, 2017, the Merger closed on November 17, 2017. 

In connection with the Merger with CBS Radio, we acquired multiple radio stations, net of certain dispositions and 

radio station exchanges with other third parties, which significantly increased our net revenues, station operating expenses and 
depreciation and amortization expenses.  In 2017, we issued 101,407,494 shares of our Class A common stock in connection 
with the Merger. 

Our results are based upon the aggregate performance of our radio stations. The following are some of the factors that 

impact a radio station’s performance at any given time: (i) audience ratings; (ii) program content; (iii) management talent and 
expertise; (iv) sales talent and expertise; (v) audience characteristics; (vi) signal strength; and (vii) the number and 
characteristics of other radio stations and other advertising media in the market area. 

As opportunities arise, we may, on a selective basis, change or modify a station’s format due to changes in listeners’ 

tastes or changes in a competitor’s format. This could have an initial negative impact on a station’s ratings and/or revenues, and 
there are no guarantees that the modification or change will be beneficial at some future time. Our management is continually 
focused on these opportunities as well as the associated risks and uncertainties. We strive to develop compelling content and 
strong brand images to maximize audience ratings that are crucial to our stations’ financial success. 

A radio broadcasting company derives its revenues primarily from the sale of broadcasting time to local, regional and 
national advertisers and national network advertisers who purchase spot commercials in varying lengths. A growing source of 
revenue is from station-related digital platforms, which allow for enhanced audience interaction and participation, integrated 
local digital marketing solutions and station events. A station’s local sales staff generates the majority of its local and regional 
advertising sales through direct solicitations of local advertising agencies and businesses. We retain a national representation 
firm to sell to advertisers outside of our local markets. 

In the radio broadcasting industry, seasonal revenue fluctuations are common and are due primarily to variations in 
advertising expenditures by local and national advertisers. Typically, revenues are lowest in the first calendar quarter of the 
year. 

In 2019, we generated the majority of our net revenues from local advertising, which is sold primarily by each 

individual local radio station’s sales staff, and the next largest amount from national advertising, which is sold by an 
independent national representation firm. This includes, but is not limited to, the sale of advertising during audio streaming of 
our radio stations over the Internet and the sale of advertising on our stations’ websites. We generated the balance of our 2019 
revenues principally from network compensation, non-spot revenue, event marketing, e-commerce and our suite of digital 
products. 

23 

The majority of our revenue is recorded on a net basis, which is gross revenue less advertising agency commissions. 

Revenues from digital marketing solutions and e-commerce are reflected on a net basis when appropriate. Revenues from event 
marketing are reflected on a net basis when we are not the primary party hosting the event. The revenues are determined by the 
advertising rates charged and the number of advertisements broadcast. We maximize our revenues by managing the inventory 
of advertising spots available for broadcast, which can vary throughout the day but is fairly consistent over time. 

Our most significant station operating expenses are employee compensation, programming and promotional expenses, 

and audience measurement services. Other significant expenses that impact our profitability are interest and depreciation and 
amortization expense. 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results in conjunction with our 

consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following results of operations 
include a discussion of 2019 as compared to the prior year. 

Results Of Operations 

The following significant factors affected our results of operations for 2019 as compared to the prior year: 

The year 2019 as compared to the year 2018 

Cadence 13 Acquisition 

In October 2019, we completed an acquisition of leading podcaster Cadence 13, Inc. ("Cadence 13") by purchasing the 

remaining shares in Cadence 13 that we did not already own (the "Cadence 13 Acquisition").  We initially acquired a 45% 
interest in Cadence 13 in July 2017.  This initial investment was accounted for as an investment under the measurement 
alternative.  In connection with this step acquisition, we removed our investment in Cadence 13 and recognized a gain of 
approximately $5.3 million.   

Based on the timing of this transaction, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, 

reflect the results of Cadence 13 for a portion of the period after the completion of the Cadence 13 Acquisition.  Our 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, do not reflect the results of Cadence 13.  

Pineapple Acquisition 

On July 19, 2019, we completed a transaction to acquire the assets of Pineapple Street media ("Pineapple") for a 

purchase price of $14.0 million in cash plus working capital (the "Pineapple Acquisition").  Our consolidated financial 
statements reflect the operations of Pineapple from the date of acquisition. 

Based on the timing of this transaction, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, 
reflect the results of Pineapple for a portion of the period after the completion of the Pineapple Acquisition.  Our consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, do not reflect the results of Pineapple. 

Cumulus Exchange 

On February 13, 2019, we entered into an agreement with Cumulus Media Inc. ("Cumulus") under which we 

exchanged three of our stations in Indianapolis, Indiana for two Cumulus stations in Springfield, Massachusetts, and one 
Cumulus station in New York City, New York (the "Cumulus Exchange").  We began programming the respective stations 
under local marketing agreements ("LMAs") on March 1, 2019.  In connection with this exchange, which closed during the 
second quarter of 2019, we recognized a loss of approximately $1.8 million. 

Based on the timing of this transaction, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019: 

(i) reflect the results of the acquired stations for a portion of the period in which the LMAs were in effect and after the 
completion of the Cumulus Exchange; and (ii) reflect the results of our divested stations for a portion of the period until the 
commencement date of the LMAs.  Our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018: (i) do not 
reflect the results of the acquired stations; and (ii) reflect the results of the divested stations.  

WXTU Transaction 

On July 18, 2018, we entered into an agreement with Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. ("Beasley") to sell certain assets 
of WXTU-FM, serving the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania radio market for $38.0 million in cash (the "WXTU Transaction").  In 
connection with this disposition, which closed during the third quarter of 2018, we recognized a gain of approximately $4.4 
million. 

24 

Based on the timing of this transaction, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, 

do not reflect the results of this divested station, whereas our consolidated financial statement for the year ended December 31, 
2018, do reflect the results of this divested station up through the date of sale. 

Jerry Lee Transaction 

On September 27, 2018, we completed a transaction to acquire the assets of WBEB-FM, serving the Philadelphia, 

Pennsylvania radio market from Jerry Lee Radio, LLC ("Jerry Lee") for a purchase price of $57.5 million in cash, less certain 
working capital and other credits (the "Jerry Lee Transaction").  We used proceeds from the WXTU Transaction and cash on 
hand to fund this acquisition. 

Based on the timing of this transaction, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, 

reflect the results of operations of this acquired station whereas our consolidated financial statements for the year ended 
December 31, 2018, reflect the results of operations of this acquired station for a portion of the period.  

Impairment Loss 

The annual impairment assessment conducted during the fourth quarter of 2019 indicated: (i) that the fair value of our 

broadcasting licenses exceeded their respective carrying amounts; and (ii) the fair value of our goodwill was less than its 
carrying value.  Accordingly, we recorded a $537.4 million impairment charge ($519.6 million, net of tax) on our goodwill in 
the fourth quarter of 2019.  

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we also recorded: (i) a $6.0 million impairment charge related to lease right-of-use 

assets; and (ii) a $2.2 million impairment charge related to impairment of property and equipment.   

In the fourth quarter of 2018, we conducted an interim impairment assessment on our broadcasting licenses and 

goodwill.  As a result of this assessment, we determined the carrying value of our broadcasting licenses and goodwill were 
impaired and recorded an impairment loss during the fourth quarter of 2018 in the amount of $465.0 million ($423.2 million, 
net of tax).  Of this amount, $147.9 million ($108.8 million, net of tax) of the impairment charge was attributed to the 
broadcasting licenses, and $317.1 million ($314.4 million, net of tax) of the impairment charge was attributed to goodwill.   

In the second quarter of 2018, we determined the carrying value of certain assets to be disposed to Bonneville 

International Corporation ("Bonneville") exceeded their fair value.  Based upon the agreed-upon price in the asset purchase 
agreement, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $25.6 million.  

Integration Costs and Restructuring Charges 

On February 2, 2017, we and our wholly-owned subsidiary ("Merger Sub") entered into an Agreement and Plan of 

Merger (the "CBS Radio Merger Agreement") with CBS Corporation ("CBS") and its wholly-owned subsidiary CBS Radio Inc. 
("CBS Radio").  Pursuant to the CBS Radio Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into CBS Radio with CBS Radio 
surviving as our wholly-owned subsidiary (the "Merger").  The Merger closed on November 17, 2017.  

In connection with the Merger, we incurred integration costs, including transition services, consulting services and 

professional fees of $4.3 million and $25.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, 
respectively.  Amounts were expensed as incurred and are included in integration costs. 

In connection with the Merger, we incurred restructuring charges, including costs to exit duplicative contracts, 
workforce reductions and other restructuring costs of $7.0 million and $5.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2019, 
and December 31, 2018, respectively.  Amounts were expensed as incurred and are included in restructuring charges.  

Merger and Acquisition Costs 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, and 2018, transaction costs were $0.9 million and $3.0 million, 

respectively, and were expensed as incurred. 

Note Issuance 

During the second quarter of 2019, we issued $325.0 million in aggregate principal amount of senior secured second-
lien notes due 2027 (the "Existing Notes").  Interest on the Existing Notes accrues at the rate of 6.500% per annum.  We used 
net proceeds of the offering, along with cash on hand of $89.0 million under our Revolver to repay $425.0 million of existing 
indebtedness under our term loan outstanding at that time (the "Term B-1 Loan").  Increases in our interest expense due to the 
issuance of the Existing Notes, which have a higher interest rate, were partially offset by reductions in our interest expense due 
to the partial repayment of our Term B-1 Loan.  In connection with this note issuance: (i) we wrote off $1.6 million of 

25 

unamortized debt issuance costs and $0.2 million of unamortized premium to loss on extinguishment of debt; (ii) we incurred 
third party costs of approximately $5.8 million, of which approximately $3.9 million was capitalized and approximately $1.9 
million was captured as other expenses related to financing. 

On December 13, 2019, we issued $100.0 million of additional 6.500% senior secured second-lien notes due 2027 (the 

"Additional Notes").  The Additional Notes are treated as a single series with the Existing Notes (together with the Additional 
Notes, the "Notes") and have substantially the same terms as the Existing Notes.  We used net proceeds of the offering to repay 
$97.6 million of existing indebtedness under our Term B-1 Loan. Contemporaneous with this partial pay-down of the Term B-1 
Loan, we replaced the remaining amount outstanding under the Term B-1 Loan with the Term B-2 Loan. Increases in our 
interest expense due to the issuance of the Additional Notes, which have a higher interest rate, were partially offset by 
reductions in our interest expense due to the partial repayment of our Term B-1 Loan and the lower borrowing rate on the Term 
B-2 Loan.  In connection with this note issuance: (i) we wrote off $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs to loss on 
extinguishment of debt; and (ii) incurred third party costs and lender fees of approximately $6.3 million, of which 
approximately $3.8 million was capitalized and approximately $2.5 million was captured as other expenses related to financing.  

Other Gain (Loss) Activity 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we disposed of various non-core assets and certain radio stations and 

recorded a gain of $2.3 million in net gain/loss on sale or disposal of assets. In connection with our step acquisition of Cadence 
13, we remeasured our previously held equity interest to fair value and recognized a gain of $5.3 million.   

2019

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2018 
(dollars in millions)
1,462.6  
$

1,489.9 

% Change

1,086.6 
45.3 
84.3 
4.3 
7.0 
545.5 
0.9 
4.4 
(7.5)
1,770.8 
(280.9)
100.1 
2.0 
(383.0)
37.2 

(420.2)
— 

(420.2)
— 
(420.2)

$

1,099.3  
44.3  
69.5  
25.4  
5.8  
494.0  
3.0  
—  
(13.1) 
1,728.2  
(265.6) 
101.1  
—  
(366.7) 
(4.1) 

(362.6) 
—  

(362.6) 
1.2  
(361.4) 

2 %

(1)%
2 %
21 %
(83)%
21 %
10 %
(70)%
100 %
(43)%

2 %
6 %
(1)%
100 %

4 %
nmf

16 %
— %

16 %
(100)%

16 %

NET REVENUES 
OPERATING EXPENSE: 

Station operating expenses 
Depreciation and amortization expense 
Corporate general and administrative expenses 
Integration costs 
Restructuring charges 
Impairment loss 
Merger and acquisition costs 
Other expenses related to financing 
Other operating (income) expenses 
Total operating expense 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 
NET INTEREST EXPENSE 
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)
INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY - 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS 
Preferred stock dividend 

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS - CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (benefit) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 

$

$

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Revenues 

Revenues increased compared to prior year primarily due to growth in our digital revenues and national spot revenues, 

which was partially offset by declines in local and political spot revenue. 

Contributing to the increase in net revenues was: (i) the operation of the station acquired in the Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania market in connection with the Jerry Lee Transaction; (ii) the operation of the stations acquired in the Springfield, 
Massachusetts market and New York City, New York market in connection with the Cumulus Exchange; (iii) the operations of 
Pineapple; and (iv) the operations of Cadence 13.  Offsetting this increase, net revenues were negatively impacted by: (i) the 
disposal of a radio station in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania market in connection with the WXTU Transaction; and (ii) the 
disposal of radio stations in the Indianapolis, Indiana market in connection with the Cumulus Exchange.  

Net revenues increased the most for our stations located in the New York City and Philadelphia markets. 

Net revenues decreased the most for our stations located in the Boston and Indianapolis markets. 

Station Operating Expenses 

Station operating expenses decreased in the low-single digits primarily due to operating our stations more efficiently 

due to synergies recognized.  

Station operating expenses included non-cash compensation expense of $4.7 million and $6.9 million for the years 

ended December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, respectively. 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense 

Depreciation and amortization expense increased in 2019 primarily due to an increase in capital expenditures. The 
increase in capital expenditures in 2019 was primarily due to the consolidation and relocation of several studio facilities in 
larger markets and an increase in our size and capital needs associated with the integration of common systems across the new 
markets acquired in the Merger. 

Corporate General and Administrative Expenses 

Corporate general and administrative expenses increased primarily due to increases in: (i) investments in software and 

technology; and (ii) various corporate expenditures.  

Corporate, general and administrative expenses included non-cash compensation expense of $11.5 million and 

$8.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. 

Integration Costs 

Integration costs were incurred in during the years ended December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, as a result of 

the Merger. These costs primarily consisted of expenses related to effectively combining and incorporating the CBS Radio 
business into our operations.  Based on the timing of the Merger, integration activities primarily occurred in 2017 and 2018 and 
were reduced significantly in 2019.  

Restructuring Charges 

We incurred restructuring charges in 2019 and 2018 primarily as a result of the restructuring of operations for the 

Merger. These costs primarily included workforce reduction charges and other charges and were expensed as incurred. 

Impairment Loss 

The annual impairment assessment conducted during the fourth quarter of the current year indicated: (i) that the fair 
value of our broadcasting licenses exceeded their respective carrying amounts; and (ii) the fair value of our goodwill was less 
than its carrying value.  Accordingly, we recorded a $537.4 million impairment charge ($519.6 million, net of tax) on our 
goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2019.  

27 

In connection with an interim impairment assessment conducted in the fourth quarter of 2018, we determined our 

broadcasting licenses and goodwill were impaired. Accordingly, we recorded a $147.9 million impairment ($108.8 million, net 
of tax) on our broadcasting licenses and a $317.1 million impairment ($314.4 million, net of tax) on our goodwill. 

In connection with the Merger, we entered into two local marketing agreements (“LMAs”) with Bonneville and 

assigned the assets of eight radio stations in the San Francisco, California and Sacramento, California markets into a trust. 
Based upon the agreed-upon price in the asset purchase agreement, we determined that the carrying value of these assets was 
greater than the fair value and recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $25.6 million. 

Merger and Acquisition Costs 

There was a significant reduction in the amount of legal, professional, and other advisory services incurred as the 

volume of merger and acquisition activity decreased in 2019.  

Other Expenses Related to Financing 

During the second quarter of 2019, we issued $325.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes and used the 

proceeds along with cash on hand and borrowings under the Revolver to repay a portion of our existing indebtedness under our 
Term B-1 Loan.  As a result of this activity, we incurred approximately $5.8 million of third party fees, of which approximately 
$3.9 million was capitalized and approximately $1.9 million was captured as other expenses related to financing.  

During the fourth quarter of 2019, we issued $100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes and 

used the proceeds to repay a portion of our existing indebtedness under our Term B-1 Loan.  Contemporaneous with this partial 
pay-down of the Term B-1 Loan, we replaced the remaining amount outstanding under the Term B-1 Loan with the Term B-2 
Loan. As a result of this activity, we incurred approximately $6.3 million of lender fees and third party fees, of which 
approximately $3.8 million was capitalized and approximately $2.5 million was captured as other expenses related to financing.  

Other Operating (Income) Expenses 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we disposed of: (i) several radio stations in Sacramento, California and San 

Francisco, California; (ii) land and land improvements in Chicago, Illinois; (iii) a radio station in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; 
(iv) land and land improvements and buildings in Los Angeles, California; (v) land and land improvements and buildings in 
San Diego, California; (vi) land and land improvements and a building in Dallas, Texas; (vii) land and land improvements and a 
building in Sacramento, California; and (viii) land and land improvements in Austin, Texas. As a result of these disposal 
activities, we recorded a net gain in net gain/loss on sale or disposal of assets of $10.0 million. Additionally, in connection with 
the purchase and sale of radio stations, we generated TBA income of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.  

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we disposed of: (i) land and land improvements, buildings, and equipment 

in Buffalo, Chattanooga, Chicago, Denver, Pittsburgh, Washington, D.C., and Worcester; (ii) broadcasting licenses, goodwill 
and property, plant and equipment in Indianapolis, Indiana in connection with the Cumulus Exchange; (iii) land in Chicago, 
Illinois; (iv) land and land improvements, building, property, plant and equipment, and broadcasting licenses in Victor Valley, 
California; (v) land and land improvements and buildings in Miami, Florida; and (vi) land and land improvements and buildings 
in Miami, Florida.  As a result of these disposal activities, we recorded a net gain in net gain/loss on sale or disposal of assets of 
approximately $2.3 million.  Additionally, in connection with the step acquisition of Cadence 13, we remeasured our previously 
held equity interest to fair value and recognized a gain of approximately $5.3 million.  

The change in other operating (income) expense is primarily attributable to the change in these activities between 

periods.   

Operating Income (Loss) 

Operating income this year decreased primarily due to: (i) an increase in impairment loss of $51.5 million; (ii) an 

increase of $14.8 million in corporate, general and administrative expenses; (iii) a decrease in net (gain) loss on sale or disposal 
of assets of $4.5 million; (iv) an increase in other expenses related to financing of $4.4 million; (v) an increase in restructuring 
charges of $1.1 million;  (vi) a decrease in net time brokerage agreement (income) fees of $1.0 million; and (vii) an increase in 
depreciation and amortization expense of $1.0 million. 

These decreases in operating income were partially offset by: (i)  an increase in net revenues, net of station operating 

expenses of $40.0 million; (ii) a decrease in  integration costs of $21.1 million; and (iii) a decrease in merger and acquisition 
costs of $2.1 million 

28 

 
Interest Expense 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we incurred $1.0 million less in interest expense as compared to the year 

ended December 31, 2018.  As discussed above, we issued $425.0 million in Notes in 2019 and used proceeds and cash on hand 
to partially repay $521.7 million of existing indebtedness under our Term B-1 Loan.   This reduction in interest expense was 
primarily attributable to a reduction in outstanding indebtedness upon which interest is computed.  These reductions were 
partially offset by the replacement of a portion of our variable-rate debt with fixed-rate debt at a higher interest rate.  

Assuming that LIBOR is flat, we expect interest expense to decrease in future periods as a result of the decrease in 

future outstanding indebtedness upon which interest is computed. We expect to use cash on hand and expected cash available 
from operations to reduce outstanding debt in future periods. 

The weighted average variable interest rate for our credit facilities as of December 31, 2019, and 2018 was 4.3% and 

5.2%, respectively. 

Other (Income) Expense 

In connection with the issuance of Notes in the second quarter and fourth quarter of 2019, we wrote off $1.8 million of 

unamortized debt issuance costs and $0.2 million of unamortized premium to loss on extinguishment of debt. 

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes (Benefit) 

The increase in (loss) before income taxes (benefit) was primarily attributable to reasons described above under 

Operating Income (Loss) and Interest Expense. 

Income Taxes (Benefit) 

The effective income tax rate was (9.7)% for 2019. This rate was lower than the federal statutory rate of 21% primarily 

due to an impairment on our goodwill during the fourth quarter of 2019 which is not deductible for income tax purposes. The 
income tax rate is lower than in previous years primarily due to an increase in the impairment charge recorded on our goodwill 
in 2019.  

The effective income tax rate was 1.1% for 2018. This rate was lower than the federal statutory rate of 21% primarily 

due to an impairment on the Company’s goodwill during the fourth quarter of 2018 which is not deductible for income tax 
purposes. The income tax rate is lower than in previous years primarily due to an income tax benefit resulting from the Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") that was enacted on December 22, 2017, which reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 
the previous rate of 35% to 21%. 

Estimated Income Tax Rate For 2020 

We estimate that our 2020 annual tax rate before discrete items, which may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, will be 

between 30% and 32%. We anticipate that we will be able to utilize certain net operating loss carryovers to reduce future 
payments of federal and state income taxes. We anticipate that our rate in 2020 could be affected primarily by: (i) changes in 
the level of income in any of our taxing jurisdictions; (ii) adding facilities through mergers or acquisition in states that on 
average have different income tax rates from states in which we currently operate and the resulting effect on previously 
reported temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting bases of our assets and liabilities; (iii) the effect of 
recording changes in our liabilities for uncertain tax positions; (iv) taxes in certain states that are dependent on factors other 
than taxable income; (v) the limitations on the deduction of cash and certain non-cash compensation expense for certain key 
employees; and (vi) any tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards. Our annual effective tax rate may also be 
materially impacted by: (a) tax expense associated with non-amortizable assets such as broadcasting licenses and goodwill; 
(b) regulatory changes in certain states in which we operate; (c) changes in the expected outcome of tax audits; (d) changes in 
the estimate of expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes; and (e) changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance. 

In the event we determine at a future time that it is more likely than not that we will not realize our net deferred tax 

assets, we will increase our deferred tax asset valuation allowance and increase income tax expense in the period when we 
make such a determination. 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, our total net deferred tax liabilities were $549.7 million and $546.0 million, 
respectively. The increase in deferred tax liabilities was primarily the result of: (i) utilization of federal NOLs; and (ii) the 
impact of the adoption of ASC 842. Our net deferred tax liabilities primarily relate to differences between book and tax bases of 

29 

 
certain of our indefinite-lived intangibles (broadcasting licenses). The amortization of our indefinite-lived assets for tax 
purposes but not for book purposes creates deferred tax liabilities. A reversal of deferred tax liabilities may occur when 
indefinite-lived intangibles: (i) become impaired; or (ii) are sold, which would typically only occur in connection with the sale 
of the assets of a station or groups of stations or the entire company in a taxable transaction. Due to the amortization for tax 
purposes and not book purposes of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we expect to continue to generate deferred tax 
liabilities in future periods. 

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes (Benefit) 

Several stations acquired from CBS Radio, which were operated under an LMA, immediately met the criteria to be 

classified as held for sale. In addition, the results of operations for these stations were presented as discontinued operations as 
these stations were never expected to be operated by us. Amounts of net revenues, station operating expenses, depreciation and 
amortization and LMA income earned from these stations was not included in our income from continuing operations. The 
income generated from these stations during the period of the LMA, for the period from November 17, 2017, through 
September 21, 2018, is separately presented net of income taxes (benefit). The LMA terminated on September 21, 2018, upon 
the consummation of a final agreement to divest the stations as required under a DOJ consent order agreed to by us, as a 
condition to complete the Merger. 

Net Income (Loss) Available To The Company 

The change in net income (loss) available to the Company was primarily attributable to the reasons described above 

under Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes (Benefit) and Income Taxes (Benefit). 

Results Of Operations 

The year 2018 as compared to the year 2017 

The discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2017, can be found in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 27, 2019. 

Future Impairments 

We may determine that it will be necessary to take impairment charges in future periods if we determine the carrying 

value of our intangible assets is more than the fair value.  

Our annual impairment test conducted during the fourth quarter of 2019 indicated: (i) that the fair value of our 

broadcasting licenses exceeded their respective carrying amounts; and (ii) the fair value of our goodwill was less than its 
carrying value.  Accordingly, we recorded a $537.4 million impairment charge ($519.6 million, net of tax) on our goodwill in 
the fourth quarter of 2019.  

As discussed in the Broadcasting Licenses Valuation at Risk section below, we have 5 units of accounting where the 

fair value of broadcasting licenses exceeded their carrying value by 10% or less.  In aggregate, these 5 units of accounting have 
a carrying value of $806.9 million as of December 31, 2019. If overall market conditions or the performance of the economy 
deteriorates, advertising expenditures and radio industry results could be negatively impacted, including expectations for future 
growth.  This could result in future impairment charges for these or other of our units of accounting, which could be material.  

We may be required to retest prior to our next annual evaluation, which could result in an impairment. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 
Refinancing – CBS Radio (Now Entercom Media Corp.) Indebtedness 

In connection with the Merger, we assumed CBS Radio’s (now Entercom Media Corp.’s) indebtedness outstanding 
under: (i) a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) among CBS Radio (now Entercom Media Corp.), the guarantors named 
therein, the lenders named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; and (ii) the senior notes 
(described below).  

In connection with the assumption of this indebtedness in the fourth quarter of 2017, we wrote off $3.1 million of 
unamortized deferred financing costs and recorded a loss on the extinguishment of indebtedness of $4.1 million. The loss 

30 

 
included the write off of deferred financing expense, a loss on the early retirement of the Preferred, and certain fees paid to 
lenders in connection with the refinancing activities. 

2019 Refinancing Activities - The Notes 

During the second quarter of 2019, we and our finance subsidiary, Entercom Media Corp., issued $325.0 million in 

aggregate principal amount of senior secured second-lien notes due 2027 (the "Notes") under an Indenture dated as of April 30, 
2019 (the "Base Indenture"). 

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 6.500% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and 

November 1 of each year.  Until May 1, 2022, only a portion of the Notes may be redeemed at a price of 106.500% of their 
principal amount plus accrued interest.  On or after May 1, 2022, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at a price of 
104.875% of their principal amount plus accrued interest.  The prepayment premium continues to decrease over time to 100% 
of their principal amount plus accrued interest.   

We used net proceeds of the offering, along with cash on hand and $89.0 million borrowed under our Revolver, to 

repay $425.0 million of existing indebtedness under our Term B-1 Loan.  

In connection with the refinancing activity described above, during the second quarter of 2019, we: (i) wrote off $1.6 
million of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Term B-1 Loan; (ii) wrote off $0.2 million of unamortized 
premium associated with the Term B-1 Loan; and (iii) recorded $3.9 million of new deferred financing costs which will be 
amortized over the term of the Notes under the effective interest rate method. 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, we and our finance subsidiary, Entercom Media Corp., issued $100.0 million of 

additional 6.500% senior secured second-lien notes due 2027 (the "Additional Notes").  The Additional Notes were issued as 
additional notes under the Base Indenture, as supplemented by a first supplemental indenture dated December 13, 2019 (the 
"First Supplemental Indenture"), and, together with the Base Indenture, the "Indenture").  The Additional Notes are treated as a 
single series with the $325.0 million Notes (together, with the Additional Notes, the "Notes") and have substantially the same 
terms as the Notes.  The Additional Notes were issued at a price of 105.0% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest from 
November 1, 2019. The premium on the Notes will be amortized over the term under the effective interest rate method.  As of 
any reporting period, the unamortized premium on the Notes is reflected on the balance sheet as an addition to the $425.0 
million Notes.  

We used net proceeds of the offering to repay $96.7 million of existing indebtedness under our Term B-1 Loan. 

Contemporaneous with this partial pay-down of the Term B-1 Loan, we replaced the remaining amount outstanding under the 
Term B-1 Loan with the Term B-2 Loan. 

In connection with this refinancing activity described above, during the fourth quarter of 2019, we: (i) wrote off $0.3 

million of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Term B-1 Loan; and (ii) recorded $3.8 million of new 
deferred financing costs. 

The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured second-lien basis by most of the direct and 

indirect subsidiaries of Entercom Media Corp.  The Notes and the related guarantees are secured on a second-lien priority basis 
by liens on substantially all of the assets of Entercom Media Corp. and the guarantors.   

A default under our Notes could cause a default under our Credit Facility or Senior Notes. Any event of default, 

therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. 

We may from time to time seek to repurchase or retire our outstanding indebtedness through open market purchases, 

privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our 
liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. 

The Notes are not a registered security and there are no plans to register our Notes as a security in the future. As a 

result, Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC is not applicable and no separate financial statements are required 
for the guarantor subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019, and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

Liquidity 

Immediately following the refinancing activities described above, the Credit Facility, as amended, was comprised of a 

$250.0 million Revolver and a $770.0 million Term B-2 Loan. 

31 

On December 13, 2019, we executed an amendment to the Credit Facility ("Amendment No. 4") which, among other 

things: (i) replaced the Term B-1 Loan with a Term B-2 Loan; (ii) established a new Class of revolving credit commitments 
from a portion of its existing Revolver with a later maturity date; and (iii) made certain other amendments to the Credit Facility. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had $770.0 million outstanding under the Term B-2 Loan and $117.0 million 
outstanding under the Revolver. In addition, we had $5.9 million in outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2019, we 
had $20.4 million in cash and cash equivalents. In connection with our outstanding indebtedness, we have restrictions in the 
ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to our Parent, as more fully described in the accompanying notes to our audited 
consolidated financial statements. We do not anticipate that these restrictions will limit our ability to meet our future obligations 
over the next 12 months. 

Over the past several years, we have used a significant portion of our cash flow to reduce and service our 

indebtedness. Generally, our cash requirements are funded from one or a combination of internally generated cash flow, cash on 
hand and borrowings under our Revolver. 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had capital expenditure commitments outstanding of $2.8 million. 

We may also use our capital resources to repurchase shares of our Class A common stock, to pay dividends to our 

shareholders, and to make acquisitions. We may from time to time seek to repurchase and retire our outstanding indebtedness 
through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. 

The Credit Facility 

We executed Amendment No. 4 which established a new class of revolving credit commitments from a portion of its 

existing revolving commitments with a later maturity date than the revolving credit commitments immediately prior to the 
effectiveness of the amendment. All but one of the original lenders in the Revolver agreed to extend the maturity date from 
November 17, 2022, to August 19, 2024. 

As a result, approximately $227.3 million (the "New Class Revolver") of the $250.0 million Revolver has a maturity 

date of August 19, 2024 and approximately $22.7 million (the "Original Class Revolver") of the $250.0 million Revolver has a 
maturity date of November 17, 2022.    

The Original Class Revolver provides for interest based upon the Base Rate or LIBOR, plus a margin. The Base Rate 
is the highest of: (a) the administrative agent's prime rate; (b) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York's Rate plus 0.5%; or (c) 
the one month LIBOR Rate plus 1.0%.  The margin may increase or decrease based upon our Consolidated Net Secured 
Leverage Ratio as defined in the agreement. The initial margin is at LIBOR plus 2.25% or the Base Rate plus 1.25%.  

The New Class Revolver provides for interest based upon the Base Rate or LIBOR, plus a margin.  The margin may 

increase or decrease based upon our Consolidated Net First Lien Leverage Ratio as defined in the agreement.  The initial 
margin is at LIBOR plus 2.00% or the Base Rate plus 1.00%. 

In addition, the Original Class Revolver requires the payment of a commitment fee which ranges from 0.375% per 

annum to 0.5% per annum on the unused amount and the New Class Revolver requires the payment of a commitment fee which 
ranges from 0.375% per annum to 0.5% per annum on the unused amount.  As of December 31, 2019, the amount available 
under the Revolver, which includes the impact of outstanding letters of credit, was $127.1 million. 

The Term B-2 Loan has a maturity date of November 17, 2024, and provides for interest based upon the Base Rate 

plus 1.5% or LIBOR plus 2.5%. 

The Term B-2 Loan amortizes, commencing on March 31, 2020: (i) with equal quarterly installments of principal in 
annual amounts equal to 1.0% of the original principal amount of the Term B-2 Loan; and (ii) mandatory yearly prepayments 
based upon a percentage of Excess Cash Flow as defined in the agreement. 

The Term B-2 Loan requires mandatory prepayments equal to a percentage of Excess Cash Flow, subject to 
incremental step-downs, depending on the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio. The Excess Cash Flow payment is based 
on the Excess Cash Flow and Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio for the prior year. 

We expect to use the Revolver to provide for: (i) working capital; and (ii) general corporate purposes, including capital 

expenditures and any or all of the following (subject to certain restrictions): repurchase of Class A common stock, dividends, 
investments and acquisitions. Most of our wholly-owned subsidiaries jointly and severally guaranteed the Credit Facility. The 
Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of 66% of our outstanding voting stock and other equity interests in all of our wholly 
owned subsidiaries. In addition, the Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets, with limited exclusions 

32 

(including our real property). The assets securing the Credit Facility are subject to customary release provisions which would 
enable us to sell such assets free and clear of encumbrance, subject to certain conditions and exceptions. 

The Credit Facility has usual and customary covenants including, but not limited to, a Consolidated Net First Lien 

Leverage Ratio, limitations on restricted payments and the incurrence of additional borrowings. Specifically, the Credit Facility 
requires us to comply with a maximum Consolidated Net First Lien Leverage Ratio that cannot exceed 4.0 times. In the event 
that we consummate additional acquisition activity permitted under the terms of the Credit Facility, the Consolidated Net First 
Lien Leverage Ratio will be increased to 4.5 times for a one year period following the consummation of such permitted 
acquisition. As of December 31, 2019, our Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio was 2.5 times. 

As of December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the financial covenant then applicable and all other terms of 
the Credit Facility in all material respects. Our ability to maintain compliance with our covenants under the Credit Facility is 
highly dependent on our results of operations. Management believes that over the next 12 months we can continue to maintain 
compliance. Our operating cash flow remains positive, and we believe that it is adequate to fund our operating needs. We 
believe that cash on hand and cash from operating activities will be sufficient to permit us to meet our liquidity requirements 
over the next 12 months, including our debt repayments. 

Failure to comply with our financial covenants or other terms of its Credit Facility and any subsequent failure to 

negotiate and obtain any required relief from its lenders could result in a default under the Credit Facility. Any event of default 
could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. 

The Former Credit Facility 

On November 1, 2016, Entercom Communications Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Entercom Radio, LLC 

(“Radio”), entered into the Former Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders for a $540 million Former Credit Facility, which 
was initially comprised of: (i) the $60 million Former Revolver that was set to mature on November 1, 2021; and (ii) the 
$480 million Former Term B Loan that was set to mature on November 1, 2023. 

The Former Term B Loan amortized with: (i) equal quarterly installments of principal in annual amounts equal to 

1.0% of the original principal amount of the Former Term B Loan; and (ii) mandatory yearly prepayments based upon a 
percentage of Excess Cash Flow as defined within the agreement and was subject to incremental step-downs depending on the 
consolidated Leverage Ratio. 

Senior Notes 

Simultaneously with entering into the Merger and assuming the Credit Facility on November 17, 2017, we also 

assumed the Senior Notes that mature on October 17, 2024, in the amount of $400.0 million. The Senior Notes, which were 
originally issued by CBS Radio (now Entercom Media Corp.) on October 17, 2016, were valued at a premium as part of the fair 
value measurement on the date of the Merger. The premium on the Senior Notes will be amortized over the term under the 
effective interest rate method. As of any reporting period, the unamortized premium on the Senior Notes is reflected on the 
balance sheet as an addition to the $400.0 million liability. 

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at the rate of 7.250% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 

and November 1 of each year. 

The Senior Notes may be redeemed at any time on or after November 1, 2019, at a redemption price of 105.438% of 

their principal amount plus accrued interest. The redemption price decreases to 103.625% of their principal amount plus 
accrued interest on or after November 1, 2020, 101.813% of their principal amount plus accrued interest on or after 
November 1, 2021, and 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest on or after November 1, 2022. 

The Senior Notes are unsecured and ranked: (i) senior in right of payment to our future subordinated indebtedness; 

(ii) equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior indebtedness; (iii) effectively subordinated to our 
existing and future secured indebtedness (including the indebtedness under our Credit Facility), to the extent of the value of the 
collateral securing such indebtedness; and (iv) structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not 
guarantee the Senior Notes, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries. 

Most of our existing subsidiaries jointly and severally guaranteed the Senior Notes. 

A default under our Senior Notes could cause a default under our Credit Facility. Any event of default, therefore, 

could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. 

33 

We may from time to time seek to repurchase or retire our outstanding indebtedness through open market purchases, 

privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our 
liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. 

The Senior Notes are not a registered security and there are no plans to register our Senior Notes as a security in the 

future. As a result, Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC is not applicable and no separate financial statements 
are required for the guarantor subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019, and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017. 

Perpetual Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock 

A portion of the proceeds from the debt refinancing that occurred on November 17, 2017, was used to fully redeem the 

Preferred. As a result of this redemption, we: (i) removed the net carrying value of the Preferred of $27.5 million from our 
books, which included accrued dividends through the date of redemption of $0.2 million; and (ii) recognized a loss on 
extinguishment of the Preferred of $0.2 million. 

In connection with an acquisition on July 16, 2015, we issued $27.5 million of Preferred that in the event of a 

liquidation, ranked senior to liquidation payments to our common shareholders. We incurred issuance costs, which were 
recorded as a reduction of the Preferred. 

Quarterly dividends on our Preferred were paid in each of the quarters beginning in October 2015 up through the date 

of redemption in November 2017.  No dividends on our Preferred were paid during 2018 or 2019.  

Operating Activities 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $132.2 million and $102.2 million for 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. The cash flows from operating activities primarily increased due to: (i) an increase in net deferred taxes (benefits) 
of $67.2 million; and (ii) an increase in gains recognized on deferred compensation plan assets of $7.5 million. 

This increase in cash flows from operating activities was partially offset by: (i) an increase in net investment in 
working capital of $41.3 million; and (ii) a decrease in net income available to the Company, as adjusted for non-cash charges, 
of $7.3 million.  The increase in net investment in working capital was primarily due to: (i) the timing of collection of accounts 
receivable; and (ii) the timing of settlement of accounts payable and accrued liabilities.  

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $102.2 million and $29.1 million for 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. The cash flows from operating activities increased primarily due to an increase in net income available to the 
Company, as adjusted for non-cash charges and income tax benefits, of $99.5 million. This increase was partially offset by an 
increase in net investment in working capital of $36.1 million. The increase in net investment in working capital was primarily 
due to: (i) the timing of settlements of other long term liabilities; and (ii) the timing of settlements of accrued expenses. 

Investing Activities 

For 2019, net cash flows used in investing activities were $90.5 million, which primarily reflect: (i) additions to 

property and equipment of $70.5 million; and (ii) cash paid to acquire Pineapple, Cadence 13 and other radio station assets of 
$40.1 million.  These cash outflows were partially offset by proceeds received from dispositions of assets in the amount of 
$29.3 million.  

For 2018, net cash flows provided by investing activities were $141.5 million, which primarily reflected the proceeds 

received from dispositions of assets and radio stations in the amount of $255.9 million, less: (i) cash paid to acquire a radio 
station in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania from Jerry Lee Radio, LLC (“Jerry Lee”) for $56.4 million in cash (the “Jerry Lee 
Transaction”); (ii) additions to property and equipment of $41.8 million; and (iii) cash paid to complete the acquisition of two 
radio stations in St. Louis, Missouri from Emmis Communications Corporation (“Emmis”) for a purchase price of $15.0 million 
(the “Emmis Acquisition”). 

Financing Activities 

For 2019, net cash flows used in financing activities were $213.5 million, which primarily reflects: (i) the reduction of 

our net borrowings by $154.7 million; (ii) the payment of dividends on common stock of $30.3 million; (iii) the repurchase of 
our common stock of $18.3 million; and (iv) the payment of debt issuance costs related to the issuance of our Notes and debt 
refinancing activities in the amount of $7.7 million. 

34 

For 2018, net cash flows used in financing activities were $85.6 million, which primarily reflects: (i) the payment of 

dividends on common stock of $49.8 million; and (ii) the payment for repurchases of common stock of $30.0 million. 

Income Taxes 

During 2019, we paid approximately $39.1 million in federal and state income taxes. 

For federal income tax purposes, the acquisition of CBS Radio was treated as a reverse acquisition which caused us to 

undergo an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. This ownership change will limit the utilization of our net 
operating losses (“NOLs”) for post-acquisition tax years.  

Dividends 

During the second quarter of 2016, we commenced an annual $0.30 per share common stock dividend program, with 

payments that approximated $2.9 million per quarter. In addition to a quarterly dividend, we paid a special one-time cash 
dividend of $0.20 per share of common stock on August 30, 2017, which was approximately $7.8 million. 

On November 2, 2017, our Board approved an increase to the annual common stock dividend program to $0.36 per 
share from $0.30 per share, beginning with the dividend paid in the fourth quarter of 2017, with payments that approximated 
$12.4 million per quarter.  

On August 9, 2019, our Board reduced the annual common stock dividend program to $0.08 per share.  We estimated 

quarterly dividend payments to approximate $2.7 million per quarter. Any future dividends will be at the discretion of the 
Board based upon the relevant factors at the time of such consideration, including, without limitation, compliance with the 
restrictions set forth in our Credit Facility, the Notes and the Senior Notes. 

Quarterly dividends on our Preferred were paid in each of the quarters beginning in October 2015 at an annual rate of 

6% that increased over time to 10%. On November 17, 2017, our Preferred was retired in full.  No further dividends on our 
Preferred were paid during 2018 or 2019. 

See Liquidity under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations,” and Note 11, Long-Term Debt, in the accompanying notes to our audited consolidated financial statements. 

Share Repurchase Programs 

On November 2, 2017, our Board announced a share repurchase program (the “2017 Share Repurchase Program”) to 

permit us to purchase up to $100.0 million of our issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock through open market 
purchases. Shares repurchased by us under the 2017 Share Repurchase Program will be at our discretion based upon the 
relevant factors at the time of such consideration, including, without limitation, compliance with the restrictions set forth in our 
Credit Facility and the Senior Notes. 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we repurchased 5,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock at an 

aggregate average price of $3.67 per share for a total of $18.3 million.  During the year ended December 31, 2018, we 
repurchased 3,226,300 shares of our Class A common stock at an aggregate average price of $9.11 per share for a total of 
$29.4 million. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we repurchased 932,600 shares at an average price of $11.45 per 
share for a total of $10.7 million. As of December 31, 2019, $41.6 million is available for future share repurchase under the 
2017 Share Repurchase Program. 

35 

Capital Expenditures 

Capital expenditures for 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $77.9 million, $41.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively. 

Credit Rating Agencies 

On a continuing basis, Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s Investor Services and other rating agencies may evaluate our 

indebtedness in order to assign a credit rating. Any significant downgrade in our credit rating could adversely impact our future 
liquidity by limiting or eliminating our ability to obtain debt financing. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019: 

Contractual Obligations: 

Long-term debt obligations (1) 
Operating lease obligations (2) 
Purchase obligations (3) 
Other long-term liabilities (4) 

Total 

Total 
  $ 2,236,539 
355,002 
552,939 
601,187 
  $ 3,745,667 

$

$

$

Payments Due By Period 
1 to 3
Years 
194,643 
93,800 
248,754 
12,131 
549,328 

$

Less than
1 Year 

93,793 
49,298 
241,911 
— 
385,002 

3 to 5 
Years 
$ 1,453,321   $

More Than
5 Years 
494,782
134,071 
6,158 
585,000 
$ 1,591,326   $ 1,220,011

77,833  
56,116  
4,056  

(1) 

The total amount reflected in the above table includes principal and interest. 

a.  Our Credit Facility had outstanding indebtedness in the amount of $770.0 million under our Term B-2 Loan and 
$117.0 million outstanding under our Revolver as of December 31, 2019. The maturity under our Credit Facility 
could be accelerated if we do not maintain compliance with certain covenants. The principal maturities reflected 
exclude any impact from required principal payments based upon our future operating performance. The above 
table includes projected interest expense under the remaining term of our Credit Facility. 

b.  Under our Senior Notes, the maturity could be accelerated under an event of default or could be repaid in cash by 
us at our option prior to maturity. The above table includes projected interest expense under the remaining term of 
the agreement. 

c.  Under our Notes, the maturity could be accelerated under an event of default or could be repaid in cash by us at 

our option prior to maturity.  The above table includes projected interest expense under the remaining term of the 
agreement. 

The operating lease obligations represent scheduled future minimum operating lease payments under non-cancellable 
operating leases, including rent obligations under escalation clauses. The minimum lease payments do not include 
common area maintenance, variable real estate taxes, insurance and other costs for which the Company may be 
obligated as most of these payments are primarily variable rather than fixed. 

We have purchase obligations that include contracts primarily for on-air personalities and other key personnel, ratings 
services, sports programming rights, software and equipment maintenance and certain other operating contracts. 

Included within total other long-term liabilities of $601.2 million are deferred income tax liabilities of $549.7 million. 
It is impractical to determine whether there will be a cash impact to an individual year. Therefore, deferred income tax 
liabilities, together with liabilities for deferred compensation and uncertain tax positions (other than the amount of 
unrecognized tax benefits that are subject to the expiration of various statutes of limitation over the next 12 months) 
are reflected in the above table in the column labeled as “More Than 5 Years.” See Note 17, Income Taxes, in the 
accompanying notes to our audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of deferred tax liabilities. 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of December 31, 2019, and as of the date this report was filed (other than as described below), we did not have any 

material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, or obligations, including contingent obligations. 

We do not have any other relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often 
referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating 
off-balance sheet financial arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes as of December 31, 2019. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Accordingly, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged 
in such relationships. 

Market Capitalization 

As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, our total equity market capitalization was $621.4 million and $813.8 million, 

respectively, which was $260.0 million lower and $520.5 million lower, respectively, than our book equity value on those 
dates. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, our stock price was $4.64 per share and $5.71 per share, respectively. Due to a 
sustained decrease in our share price, we conducted an interim impairment test on our broadcasting licenses and goodwill 
during the fourth quarter of 2018. Refer to the sections below for additional information. 

Intangibles 

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 70% of our total assets consisted of radio broadcast licenses and goodwill, 
the value of which depends significantly upon the operational results of our business. We could not operate our radio stations 
without the related FCC license for each station. FCC licenses are subject to renewal every eight years. Consequently, we 
continually monitor the activities of our stations to ensure they comply with all regulatory requirements. See Part I, Item 1A, 
“Risk Factors”, for a discussion of the risks associated with the renewal of licenses. 

Inflation 

Inflation has affected our performance by increasing our radio station operating expenses in terms of higher costs for 

wages and multi-year vendor contracts with assumed inflationary built-in escalator clauses. The exact effects of inflation, 
however, cannot be reasonably determined. There can be no assurance that a high rate of inflation in the future would not have 
an adverse effect on our profits, especially since our Credit Facility is variable rate. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

For a discussion of recently issued accounting standards, see Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, in the 

accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated 
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and 
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates on historical experience and 
various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for 
making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates under different circumstances or by using different assumptions. 

We consider the following policies to be important in understanding the judgments involved in preparing our 

consolidated financial statements and the uncertainties that could affect our financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows: 

Revenue Recognition 

In May 2014, the accounting guidance for revenue recognition was modified and subsequently updated several times 

with amendments. We adopted the amended accounting guidance for revenue recognition on January 1, 2018, using the 
modified retrospective transition method. As a result, we changed our accounting policy for revenue recognition. Refer to Note 
4, Revenue, included elsewhere in this report for additional information. Except for this change, we consistently applied our 
accounting policies to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements. 

We generate revenue from the sale to advertisers of various services and products, including but not limited to: 

(i) commercial broadcast time; (ii) digital advertising; (iii) local events; (iv) e-commerce where an advertiser’s goods and 
services are sold through our websites; and (v) integrated digital advertising solutions. 

Revenue from services and products is recognized when delivered. 

37 

Advertiser payments received in advance of when the products or services are delivered are recorded on our balance 

sheet as unearned revenue. 

Revenues presented in the consolidated financial statements are reflected on a net basis, after the deduction of 
advertising agency fees by the advertising agencies. We also evaluate when it is appropriate to recognize revenue based on the 
gross amount invoiced to the customer or the net amount retained by us if a third party is involved. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

We evaluate our allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis. We establish our allowance for doubtful 

accounts based upon our collection experience and the assessment of the collectability of specific amounts. Our historical 
estimates have been a reliable method to estimate future allowances. 

Contingencies and Litigation 

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our exposure related to contingencies and litigation and record a liability when 

available information indicates that a liability is probable and estimable. We also disclose significant matters that may 
reasonably result in a loss or are probable but not estimable. 

Estimation of Our Tax Rates 

We must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. 
These estimates and judgments must be used in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities because of differences in the 
timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. As changes occur in our assessments 
regarding our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, our tax provision is increased in any period in which we determine that 
the recovery is not probable. 

We expect our effective tax rate, before discrete items, changes in the valuation allowance, the tax expense associated 
with non-amortizable assets and impairment losses, to be between 30% and 32%. We also have certain NOLs to utilize that will 
be available to reduce the amount of cash taxes payable in future years. This rate reflects a reduction in the federal corporate 
income tax rate to 21% beginning in 2018 as a result of the enactment of the TCJA. 

The calculation of our tax liabilities requires us to account for uncertainties in the application of complex tax 

regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed within the 
interpretation of accounting for uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition of a tax 
benefit by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be 
sustained on audit based upon its technical merits, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The 
second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that has greater than a 50% likelihood of 
being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to 
determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We evaluate these uncertain tax positions, and review whether any new 
uncertain tax positions have arisen, on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, 
changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, historical experience with similar 
tax matters, guidance from our tax advisors, and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the 
recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period in which the change occurs. 

We believe our estimates of the value of our tax contingencies and valuation allowances are critical accounting 
estimates, as they contain assumptions based on past experiences and judgments about potential actions by taxing jurisdictions. 
It is reasonably likely that the ultimate resolution of these matters may be greater or less than the amount that we have currently 
accrued. The effect of a 1% change in our estimated tax rate as of December 31, 2019, would be a change in income tax benefit, 
and a change in net income available to common shareholders of $3.8 million. This change in income tax benefit would result 
in a change of $0.03 to net income available to common shareholders per basic and diluted share for 2019. 

Radio Broadcasting Licenses and Goodwill 

We have made acquisitions in the past for which a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to 

broadcasting licenses and goodwill assets. As of December 31, 2019, we recorded approximately $2,552.0 million in radio 
broadcasting licenses and goodwill, which represented approximately 70% of our total assets as of that date. We must conduct 
impairment testing at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be 
impaired, and charge to operations an impairment expense in the periods in which the recorded value of these assets is more 

38 

than their fair value. Any such impairment could be material. After an impairment expense is recognized, the recorded value of 
these assets will be reduced by the amount of the impairment expense and that result will be the assets’ new accounting basis. 

Prior to our current year annual impairment assessment, our most recent impairment loss to our broadcasting licenses 

and goodwill was in the fourth quarter of 2018.   

We historically performed our annual broadcasting license and goodwill impairment test during the second quarter of 

each year.  During the second quarter of 2019, however, we voluntarily changed the date of our annual broadcasting license and 
goodwill impairment test date from April 1 to December 1.  The change was made to more closely align the impairment testing 
date with our long-term planning and forecasting process.  We determined this change in method of applying an accounting 
principle is preferable and does not result in adjustments to our financial statements when applied retrospectively. 

The change in the annual impairment testing date did not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge.  

In evaluating whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that an interim impairment assessment is required, 

we consider several factors in determining whether it is more likely than not that the carrying value of our broadcasting licenses 
or goodwill exceeds the fair value of our broadcasting licenses or goodwill. Our qualitative analysis considers: 
(i) macroeconomic conditions such as deterioration in general economic conditions, limitations on accessing capital, or other 
developments in equity and credit markets; (ii) industry and market considerations such as deterioration in the environment in 
which we operate, an increased competitive environment, a change in the market for our products or services, or a regulatory or 
political development; (iii) cost factors such as increases in labor or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash 
flows; (iv) overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or 
earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; (v) other relevant entity-specific events such as 
changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or customers, bankruptcy, or litigation; (vi) events affecting a reporting unit 
such as a change in the composition or carrying amount of our net assets; and (vii) a sustained decrease in our share price. 

We evaluate the significance of identified events and circumstances on the basis of the weight of evidence along with 

how they could affect the relationship between our broadcasting licenses and goodwill’s fair value and carrying amount, 
including positive mitigating events and circumstances. 

We believe our estimate of the value of our radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill assets is an important accounting 
estimate as the value is significant in relation to our total assets, and our estimate of the value uses assumptions that incorporate 
variables based on past experiences and judgments about future performance of our stations. 

Broadcasting Licenses Impairment Test 

We perform our annual broadcasting license impairment test by evaluating our broadcasting licenses for impairment at 
the market level using the Greenfield method. Historically we evaluated our broadcast licenses annually for impairment during 
the second quarter each year.  Subsequent to the annual impairment test conducted during the second quarter of 2018, we 
continued to monitor the impairment indicators listed above and determined that a sustained decrease in our share price 
required us to conduct an interim impairment assessment on our broadcasting licenses. Due to changes in facts and 
circumstances, we revised our estimates with respect to our estimated operating profit margins and long-term revenue growth 
rates used in the impairment assessment. As a result of our interim impairment assessment conducted in the fourth quarter of 
2018, we recorded a $147.9 million impairment ($108.8 million, net of tax) on our broadcasting licenses. The interim 
impairment assessment conducted on our broadcasting licenses in the fourth quarter of 2018 followed the same methodology 
used in the annual impairment assessment conducted in the second quarter of 2018. 

During the second quarter of 2019, we voluntarily changed the date of our annual impairment test date from April 1 to 

December 1.  In response to changing of the annual broadcasting license impairment test date, during the three months ended 
June 30, 2019, we made an evaluation based on factors such as each market's total market share and changes in operating cash 
flow margins, and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each market's broadcasting licenses exceeded 
their carrying values at the time of the change in impairment test date.  The change in the annual impairment testing date did 
not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge.  

During the fourth quarter of the current year, we completed our annual impairment test for broadcasting licenses and 

determined that the fair value of our broadcasting licenses was greater than the amount reflected in the balance sheet for each of 
our markets and, accordingly, no impairment was recorded. 

39 

 
Methodology 

We perform our broadcasting license impairment test by using the Greenfield method at the market level. Each 

market’s broadcasting licenses are combined into a single unit of accounting for purposes of testing impairment, as the 
broadcasting licenses in each market are operated as a single asset. The broadcasting licenses are assessed for recoverability at 
the market level.  Potential impairment is identified by comparing the fair value of a market's broadcasting license to its 
carrying value. We determine the fair value of the broadcasting licenses in each of our markets by using the Greenfield method 
at the market level, which is a discounted cash flow approach (a 10-year income model) assuming a start-up scenario in which 
the only assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. Our fair value analysis contains assumptions based upon past 
experience, reflects expectations of industry observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry 
normalized information for an average station within a certain market. The cash flow projections for the broadcasting licenses 
include significant judgments and assumptions relating to the market share and profit margin of an average station within a 
market based upon market size and station type, the forecasted growth rate of each radio market (including long-term growth 
rate) and the discount rate. Changes in our estimates of the fair value of these assets could result in material future period write-
downs of the carrying value of our broadcasting licenses. 

The methodology used by us in determining our key estimates and assumptions was applied consistently to each 

market. We believe the assumptions identified above are the most important and sensitive in the determination of fair value. 

Assumptions and Results – Broadcasting Licenses 

The following table reflects the estimates and assumptions used in the annual impairment test conducted in the fourth 

quarter of 2019, the interim impairment test conducted in the fourth quarter of the 2018 and the annual impairment test 
conducted in the second quarter of 2018, the date of the most recent prior annual impairment test: 

Discount rate 
Operating profit margin ranges expected for average stations in the markets 
where the Company operates 
Forecasted growth rate (including long-term growth rate) range of the 
Company’s markets 

Estimates And Assumptions
Fourth 
Quarter 
2018 
9.00% 

Fourth
Quarter 
2019
8.50%

Second
Quarter 
2018
9.00%

18% to 36%   22% to 37% 

22% to 37%

0.0% to 0.8%   0.0% to 0.9% 0.5% to 1.0%

We believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of our broadcasting 

licenses; however, these estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results. 

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or by us, or if events occur or 

circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of our broadcasting licenses below the amount reflected on the balance 
sheet, we may be required to conduct an interim test and possibly recognize impairment charges, which could be material, in 
future periods. 

The table below presents the percentage within a range by which the fair value exceeded the carrying value of our 

radio broadcasting licenses as of December 31, 2019, for 44 units of accounting (44 geographical markets) where the carrying 
value of the licenses is considered material to our financial statements. Three of our 47 markets that were subject to testing are 
considered immaterial. 

Rather than presenting the percentage separately for each unit of accounting, management’s opinion is that this table in 

summary form is more meaningful to the reader in assessing the recoverability of the broadcasting licenses. In addition, the 
units of accounting are not disclosed with the specific market name as such disclosure could be competitively harmful to us. 

Number of units of accounting 
Carrying value (in thousands) 

Units of Accounting as of December 1, 2019 
Based Upon the Valuation as of December 1, 2019 
Percentage Range by Which Fair Value Exceeds the Carrying Value

0% To 
5% 

Greater
Than 5% 
To 10%

1
25,110 

$

4
781,743 

$

$

Greater 
Than 10% 
To 15% 

Greater
Than 
15%

10  

609,999     $

29
1,100,818 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broadcasting Licenses Valuation at Risk 

After the annual impairment test conducted on our broadcasting licenses in the fourth quarter of 2019, the results 

indicated that there were 5 units of accounting where the fair value exceeded their carrying value by 10% or less. In aggregate, 
these 5 units of accounting have a carrying value of $806.9 million.  If overall market conditions or the performance of the 
economy deteriorates, advertising expenditures and radio industry results could be negatively impacted, including expectations 
for future growth. This could result in future impairment charges for these or other of our units of accounting, which could be 
material. 

Goodwill Impairment Test 

We historically performed our annual goodwill impairment test during the second quarter of each year by assessing 

goodwill for its single reporting unit on a consolidated basis.   

In prior years, we determined that each individual radio market was a reporting unit and we assessed goodwill in each 

of our markets. Under the amended guidance, if the fair value of any reporting unit was less than the amount reflected on the 
balance sheet, we would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeded the reporting 
unit’s fair value. The loss recognized would not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. 

As a result of the change to a single operating segment in 2018, we reassessed our reporting unit determination in 

2018.  Following our Merger with CBS Radio in November 2017, our radio broadcasting operations increased from 28 radio 
markets to 48 radio markets.  Each market was a component one level beneath the single operating segment.  Since each market 
was economically similar, all 48 markets were aggregated into a single reporting unit for the goodwill impairment assessment 
conducted in 2018. 

In response to the realignment in our operating segments and reporting units, we considered whether the event 
represented a triggering event for interim goodwill impairment testing.  During the three months ended June 30, 2018, and prior 
to conducting the prior year annual impairment testing described below, we made an evaluation, based on factors such as each 
reporting unit's total market share and changes in operating cash flow margins, and concluded that it was more likely than not 
that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values at the time of realignment. 

Subsequent to the annual impairment test conducted during the second quarter of 2018, we continued to monitor the 

impairment indicators listed above and determined that a sustained decrease in our share price required us to conduct an interim 
impairment assessment on our goodwill. Due to changes in facts and circumstances, we revised our estimates with respect to 
our estimated operating profit margins and long-term revenue growth rates used in the impairment assessment. As a result of 
our interim impairment assessment conducted in the fourth quarter of 2018, we recorded a $317.1 million impairment ($314.4 
million, net of tax) on our goodwill. The interim impairment assessment conducted on our goodwill in the fourth quarter of 
2018 followed the same methodology used in the annual impairment assessment conducted in the second quarter of 2018. 

During the second quarter of 2019, we voluntarily changed the date of our annual impairment test date from April 1 to 

December 1. In response to the changing of the annual goodwill impairment test date, during the three months ended June 30, 
2019, we made an evaluation based on factors such as changes in our long-term growth rate, changes in our operating cash flow 
margin, and trends in our market capitalization, and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of our 
goodwill exceeded its carrying value at the time of the change in impairment test date.  

During the three months ended September 30, 2019, we considered key factors and circumstances that could have 

potentially indicated a need to conduct an interim impairment assessment.  Such factors and circumstances included, but were 
not limited to: (i) forecasted financial information; (ii) discount rates; (iii) long-term growth rates; (iv) our stock price; and (v) 
analyst expectations.   After giving consideration to all available evidence arising from these facts and circumstances, we 
concluded that we did not have a requirement to perform an interim impairment test for goodwill.   

As a result of disposition activity in 2019, we now operate in 47 radio markets.  Each market is a component one level 
beneath the single operating segment.  Since each market is economically similar, all 47 markets were aggregated into a single 
broadcast reporting unit for the current year goodwill impairment assessment.  As a result of the acquisition of Pineapple and 
Cadence 13 in 2019, we significantly increased our podcasting operations.  Cadence 13 and Pineapple represent a single 
podcasting division one level beneath the single operating segment.  Since the operations are economically similar, Cadence 13 
and Pineapple were aggregated into a single podcasting reporting unit.  

All of our goodwill was subject to the annual impairment test conducted in the fourth quarter of the current year.  For 

the goodwill acquired in the Cadence 13 Acquisition and the Pineapple Acquisition, similar valuation techniques that were 
applied to the valuation of goodwill under purchase price accounting were also used in the annual impairment testing process.  
The valuation of the acquired goodwill approximated fair value.  

41 

Methodology 

In connection with our current year annual, prior year annual and prior year interim goodwill impairment assessment, 

we used an income approach in computing the fair value of the Company. This approach utilized a discounted cash flow 
method by projecting our income over a specified time and capitalizing at an appropriate market rate to arrive at an indication 
of the most probable selling price. Potential impairment is identified by comparing the fair value of the Company's reporting 
unit to its carrying value, including goodwill.  Cash flow projections for the reporting unit include significant judgments and 
assumptions relating to projected operating profit margin (including revenue and expense growth rates) and the discount rate. 
We believe that this approach is commonly used and is an appropriate methodology for valuing the Company. Factors 
contributing to the determination of our operating performance were historical performance and/or our estimates of future 
performance. 

Assumptions and Results - Goodwill 

The following table reflects certain key estimates and assumptions used in the annual impairment test conducted in the 

fourth quarter of 2019, the interim impairment test conducted in the fourth quarter of 2018 and the annual impairment test 
conducted in the second quarter of 2018, the date of the most recent prior annual impairment test: 

Discount rate 

Estimates And Assumptions
Fourth 
Quarter 
2018 
9.00% 

Fourth
Quarter 
2019
8.50%

Second
Quarter 
2018
9.00%

We believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of our goodwill; however, 

these estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results. 

All of our goodwill at the broadcast reporting unit was subject to the annual impairment test conducted in the fourth 

quarter of the current year.  The annual impairment assessment indicated the fair value of our goodwill attributable to the 
broadcast reporting unit was less than its carrying value.  Accordingly, we recorded a $537.4 million impairment charge 
($519.6 million, net of tax) on our goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2019. 

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or us, or if events occur or 
circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of our goodwill below the amount reflected in the balance sheet, we may 
be required to conduct an interim test and possibly recognize impairment charges, which could be material, in future periods. 

Goodwill Valuation At Risk 

After the annual impairment test conducted on our goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2019, the results indicated that the 
fair value of goodwill was less than the carrying value. As a result of the $537.4 million goodwill impairment ($519.6 million, 
net of tax) booked in the fourth quarter of 2019, we no longer have any goodwill attributable to the broadcast reporting unit.  
Our remaining goodwill is limited to the goodwill attributable to the podcast reporting unit. 

Future impairment charges may be required on our goodwill attributable to our podcast reporting unit, as the 

discounted cash flow model is subject to change based upon our performance, peer company performance, overall market 
conditions, and the state of the credit markets. We continue to monitor these relevant factors to determine if an interim 
impairment assessment is warranted.  

If there were to be a deterioration in our forecasted financial performance, an increase in discount rates, a reduction in 

long-term growth rates, a sustained decline in our stock price, or a failure to achieve analyst expectations, these could all be 
potential indicators of an impairment charge to the remaining goodwill attributable to the podcasting reporting unit, which 
could be material, in future periods.  

42 

 
 
Sensitivity of Key Broadcasting Licenses and Goodwill Assumptions 

As we wrote off the entire carrying value of our goodwill attributable to the broadcast reporting unit in the fourth 

quarter of 2019, a sensitivity analysis on the broadcast reporting unit's goodwill is not applicable.  If we were to assume a 100 
basis point change in certain of our key assumptions used to determine the fair value of our broadcasting licenses using the 
income approach during the fourth quarter of 2019, the following would be the incremental impact: 

Sensitivity Analysis (1) 

Broadcasting Licenses 
Incremental broadcasting licenses impairment 

Results of 
Forecasted 
Growth 
Rate 
Decrease 

Results of 
Operating 
Profit 
Margin 
Decrease 
(amounts in thousands) 

Results of 
Discount Rate 
Increase 

$

12,433 

$

—     $

70,347 

___________________ 
(1) 

Each assumption used in the sensitivity analysis is independent of the other assumptions. 

To determine the radio broadcasting industry’s future revenue growth rate, management uses publicly available 

information on industry expectations rather than management’s own estimates, which could be different. In addition, these 
long-term market growth rate estimates could vary in each of our markets. Using the publicly available information on industry 
expectations, each market’s revenues were forecasted over a ten-year projection period to reflect the expected long-term growth 
rate for the radio broadcast industry, which was further adjusted for each of our markets. If the industry’s growth is less than 
forecasted, then the fair value of our broadcasting licenses could be negatively impacted. 

Operating profit is defined as profit before interest, depreciation and amortization, income tax and corporate allocation 

charges. Operating profit is then divided by broadcast revenues, net of agency and national representative commissions, to 
compute the operating profit margin. For the broadcast license fair value analysis, the projections of operating profit margin 
that are used are based upon industry operating profit norms, which reflect market size and station type. These margin 
projections are not specific to the performance of our radio stations in a market, but are predicated on the expectation that a new 
entrant into the market could reasonably be expected to perform at a level similar to a typical competitor. For the goodwill fair 
value analysis, the projections of operating margin are based on our actual historical performance. If the outlook for the radio 
industry’s growth declines, then operating profit margins in both the broadcasting license and goodwill fair value analyses 
would be negatively impacted, which would decrease the value of those assets. 

The discount rate to be used by a typical market participant reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows for the 

broadcast industry. The same discount rate was used for each of our markets. The discount rate is calculated by weighting the 
required returns on interest-bearing indebtedness and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an 
expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based upon data available for publicly traded companies in the 
broadcast industry. 

See Note 7, Intangible Assets and Goodwill, in the accompanying notes to our audited consolidated financial 

statements, for a discussion of intangible assets and goodwill. 

For a more comprehensive list of our accounting policies, see Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, accompanying 
the consolidated financial statements included within this annual report. Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements 
contains several other policies, including policies governing the timing of revenue and expense recognition, that are important 
to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, but do not meet the SEC’s definition of critical accounting policies 
because they do not involve subjective or complex judgments. In addition, for further discussion of new accounting policies 
that were effective for us on January 1, 2018, see the new accounting standards under Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, 
to the accompanying notes to our audited consolidated financial statements. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate senior indebtedness (the Term B-2 

Loan and Revolver). 

If the borrowing rates under LIBOR were to increase 1% above the current rates as of December 31, 2019, our interest 

expense on: (i) our Term B-2 Loan would increase $7.6 million on an annual basis, including any increase or decrease in 
interest expense associated with the use of derivative hedging instruments; and (ii) our Revolver would increase by 
$2.5 million, assuming our entire Revolver was outstanding as of December 31, 2019. From time to time, we may seek to limit 
our exposure to interest rate volatility through the use of interest rate hedging instruments. 

Assuming LIBOR remains flat, interest expense in 2020 versus 2019 is expected to be lower as we anticipate reducing 

our outstanding debt upon which interest is computed. We may seek from time to time to amend our Credit Facility or obtain 
additional funding, which may result in higher interest rates on our indebtedness and could increase our exposure to variable 
rate indebtedness. 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2019, we entered into the following derivative rate hedging transaction in the 

notional amount of $560.0 million to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on our variable-rate debt.  This rate 
hedging transaction is tied to the one-month LIBOR interest rate.  

Type Of 
Hedge 

Notional 
Amount 
(amounts in 
millions) 

Effective 
Date 

Collar 

Fixed 
LIBOR 
Rate 

Expiration 
Date 

Notional 
Amount 
Decreases 

Collar 

Total 

  $

  $

560.0     Jun. 25, 2019 

Cap 
Floor 

2.75% 
0.402% 

Jun. 28, 2024 

560.0     

Amount 
After 
Decrease 
(amounts in 
millions) 
460.0 
340.0 
220.0 
90.0 

Jun. 29, 2020    $
Jun. 28, 2021    $
Jun. 28, 2022    $
Jun. 28, 2023    $

Our credit exposure under hedging agreements similar to the agreements that we have entered into in the past, or 

similar agreements that we may enter into in the future, is the cost of replacing such agreements in the event of nonperformance 
by our counterparty. To minimize this risk, we select high credit quality counterparties. We do not anticipate nonperformance 
by such counterparties who we may enter into agreements with in the future, but we could recognize a loss in the event of 
nonperformance. 

From time to time, we may invest all or a portion of our cash in cash equivalents, which are money market instruments 
consisting of short-term government securities and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by government securities. 
As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any investments in money market instruments.  As of December 31, 2018, we had 
investments in money market instruments of approximately $69.4 million, which are reflected on our balance sheet as restricted 
cash. We deposited proceeds from the sale of a parcel of land in Chicago, Illinois and proceeds from the sale of land and 
buildings in Los Angeles, California into accounts of a Qualified Intermediary ("QI"). We deposited the proceeds into an 
account of a QI to comply with requirements under Section 1031 of the Code to execute a like-kind exchange. This process 
allowed us to effectively minimize our tax liability in connection with the gains recognized on these asset sales. The cash 
proceeds in the accounts of the QI are invested in money market accounts. We do not believe that we have any material credit 
exposure with respect to these assets. 

Our credit exposure related to our accounts receivable does not represent a significant concentration of credit risk due 

to the quantity of advertisers, the minimal reliance on any one advertiser, the multiple markets in which we operate and the 
wide variety of advertising business sectors. 

See also additional disclosures regarding liquidity and capital resources made under Part II, Item 7, above. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our consolidated financial statements, together with related notes and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our 

independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth on the pages indicated in Part IV, Item 15. 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. 
Evaluation of Controls and Procedures 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange 

Act that are designed to ensure that: (i) information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms; and (ii) such information is 
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as 
appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and 
procedures, our management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can 
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and our management is required to apply its 
judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the Company’s most 
recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls 
over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief 

Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our Board, management and other personnel, to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that: 

• 

• 

• 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the Company; 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; 
and 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or 
disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Management has used the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 

Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2019, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public 
accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears under Item 15. 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls 

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives 

because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and 
compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial 
reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk 
that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. 

45 

However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into 
the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. 

David J. Field, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President 
Richard J. Schmaeling, Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President  

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

46 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated in this report by reference to the applicable information set 
forth in our proxy statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file with the SEC prior to 120 
days after the end of the fiscal year. 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated in this report by reference to the applicable information set 
forth in our proxy statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file with the SEC prior to 120 
days after the end of the fiscal year. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated in this report by reference to the applicable information set 
forth in our proxy statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file with the SEC prior to 120 
days after the end of the fiscal year. 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated in this report by reference to the applicable information set 
forth in our proxy statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file with the SEC prior to 120 
days after the end of the fiscal year. 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated in this report by reference to the applicable information set 
forth in our proxy statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file with the SEC prior to 120 
days after the end of the fiscal year. 

47 

PART IV 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

ITEM 15. 
(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this Report: 
Document 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Index to Exhibits 

Form 10-K Summary Page 

Page

49

52
53
54

55
57
59

124

126

48 

 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Entercom Communications Corp. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Entercom Communications Corp. and its subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive 
income (loss), of shareholders' equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, 
including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the COSO. 

Changes in Accounting Principles 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for 
leases in 2019, the manner in which it accounts for revenue from contracts with customers in 2018 and the manner in which it 
accounts for stock-based compensation in 2017. 

Basis for Opinions 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to 
express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial 
reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects. 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement 
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. 
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated 
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal 
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate 
opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.  

Goodwill Impairment Test -  Broadcast Reporting Unit 

As described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s goodwill attributable to its Broadcast reporting 
unit was impaired in the fourth quarter of 2019. Management conducts an impairment test as of December 1 of each year. If 
actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or management, or if events occur, or  
circumstances change during the interim periods that indicate the carrying value of its goodwill may be impaired, management 
may be required to conduct an interim test. Potential impairment is identified by comparing the fair value of the Company’s 
reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. As a result of this test, the Company recognized a $537.4 million 
goodwill impairment charge in 2019. Management estimates the fair value of its Broadcast reporting unit using a discounted 
cash flow model. Management’s cash flow projections for its Broadcast reporting unit included significant judgments and 
assumptions relating to projected operating profit margin (including revenue and expense growth rates) and the discount rate. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment test of the 
Broadcast reporting unit is a critical audit matter are there was significant judgment by management when developing the fair 
value measurement of the Broadcast reporting unit. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and 
effort in performing procedures and evaluating evidence related to management’s cash flow projections, including significant 
assumptions related to projected operating profit margin (including revenue and expense growth rates) and the discount rate. In 
addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these 
procedures and evaluating the audit evidence obtained from these procedures. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with 
forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of 
controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the identification of interim 
triggering events and the annual valuation of the Company’s Broadcast reporting unit. These procedures also included, among 
others, testing management’s process over the identification of events or changes in circumstances that indicate an impairment 
of goodwill has occurred; testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate; evaluating the appropriateness 
of the discounted cash flow model; testing the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of underlying data used in the model; and 
evaluating the significant assumptions used by management, including projected operating profit margin (including revenue and 
expense growth rates) and the discount rate. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to projected operating profit margin 
involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past 
performance of the Company, (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions 
were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used 
to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s discounted cash flow model and the discount rate. 

FCC Broadcast License Impairment Test 

As described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated FCC broadcast license balance 
was $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2019. Management conducts an impairment test as of December 1 of each year. If there are 
changes in market conditions, events, or other circumstances that occur during the interim periods that indicate the carrying 
value of its FCC broadcast licenses may be impaired, the Company determines whether management may be required to 
conduct an interim test. FCC broadcast licenses are assessed for recoverability at the market level. Potential impairment is 
identified by comparing the fair value of a market’s FCC broadcast licenses to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated by 
management using the Greenfield method at the market level, which is a discounted cash flow approach (10-year income 
model) assuming a start-up scenario in which the only assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. Management’s cash 
flow projections for its FCC broadcast licenses included significant judgments and assumptions relating to the market share and 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
profit margin of an average station within a market based upon market size and station type, the forecasted growth rate of each 
radio market (including long-term growth rate), and the discount rate. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to FCC broadcast license impairment 
test is a critical audit matter are there was significant judgment by management when developing the fair value measurement of 
the Company’s broadcast licenses. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing 
procedures and evaluating evidence related to management’s cash flow projections, including significant assumptions related to 
market share and profit margin of an average station within a market based upon market size and station type, the forecasted 
growth rate of each radio market (including long-term growth rate), and the discount rate. In addition, the audit effort involved 
the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the audit 
evidence obtained from these procedures. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to 
management’s impairment assessment, including controls over the identification of interim triggering events and the annual 
valuation of the Company’s FCC broadcast licenses. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s 
process over the identification of events or changes in circumstances that indicate an impairment of FCC broadcast licenses has 
occurred; testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate; evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted 
cash flow model; testing the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of underlying data used in the model; and evaluating the 
significant assumptions used by management, including market share and profit margin of an average station within a market 
based upon market size and station type, the forecasted growth rate of each radio market (including long-term growth rate), and 
the discount rate. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to market share, profit margin, and forecasted growth rate 
involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past 
performance in the market being evaluated, (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these 
assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and 
knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s discounted cash flow model and the discount rate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 2, 2020 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002. 

51 

 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(amounts in thousands, except share data) 

ASSETS: 
Cash 
Restricted cash 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
Prepaid expenses, deposits and other 

Total current assets 

Investments 
Net property and equipment 
Operating lease right-of-use assets 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Assets held for sale 
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization 
TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Other current liabilities 
Operating lease liabilities 
Long-term debt, current portion 
Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt, net of current portion 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion 
Net deferred tax liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities 

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Class A common stock $0.01 par value; voting; authorized 200,000,000 shares; issued and 

outstanding 133,867,621 in 2019 and 137,180,213 in 2018

Class B common stock $0.01 par value; voting; authorized 75,000,000 shares; issued and 

outstanding 4,045,199 in 2019 and 2018 

Class C common stock $0.01 par value; nonvoting; authorized 50,000,000 shares; no shares 

issued and outstanding 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total shareholders’ equity 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

52 

DECEMBER 31, 
2019 

DECEMBER 31,
2018 

$

$

$

20,393     $
—    
378,912    
25,375    
424,680    
3,305    
350,666    
259,613  
2,508,121    
43,920    
10,188    
43,185    
3,643,678     $

5,961     $
76,078    
76,837    
35,335  
16,377    
210,588    
1,697,114    
253,346  
549,658    
51,529    
2,551,647    
2,762,235    

122,893
69,365 
342,766 
25,205 
560,229 
11,205 
317,030 
— 
2,516,625 
539,469 
19,603 
56,197 
4,020,358

1,858
58,449 
118,438 
— 
— 
178,745 
1,872,203 
— 
545,982 
89,168 
2,507,353 
2,686,098 

1,339    

40    

1,372 

40 

—    
1,655,781    
(775,578)   
(139) 
881,443    
3,643,678     $

— 
1,693,512 
(360,664)
— 
1,334,260 
4,020,358

$

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data) 

NET REVENUES 
OPERATING EXPENSE: 

Station operating expenses 
Depreciation and amortization expense 
Corporate general and administrative expenses 
Integration costs 
Restructuring charges 
Impairment loss 
Merger and acquisition costs 
Other expenses related to financing 
Net time brokerage agreement (income) fees 
Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets 
Total operating expense 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 
NET INTEREST EXPENSE 

Net (gain) loss on extinguishment of debt 

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY - CONTINUING 

OPERATIONS 
Preferred stock dividend 

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS - 

CONTINUING OPERATIONS 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (benefit) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share available to common 

shareholders - Basic 

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations per share available to common 

shareholders - Basic 

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS PER 

SHARE - BASIC  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share available to common 

shareholders - Diluted 

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations per share available to common 

shareholders - Diluted 

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS PER 

SHARE - DILUTED 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES: 

Basic 
Diluted 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2018 
1,462,567   $

2019
1,489,929    $

2017

592,884 

1,086,617   
45,331   
84,304   
4,297   
6,976   
545,457   
941   
4,397   
106   
(7,640)  
1,770,786   
(280,857)  
100,103   
2,046   
2,046   
(383,006)  
37,206   

(420,212)  
—   

1,099,278  
44,288  
69,492  
25,372  
5,830  
493,988  
3,014  
—  
(918) 
(12,158) 
1,728,186  
(265,619) 
101,121  
—  
—  
(366,740) 
(4,153) 

(362,587) 
—  

(420,212)  
—   

(420,212)   $

(362,587) 
1,152  
(361,435)  $

(3.07)   $

(2.63)  $

—    $

0.01   $

(3.07)   $

(2.62)  $

(3.07)   $

(2.63)  $

—    $

0.01   $

(3.07)   $

(2.62)  $

443,512 

15,546 

47,859 

— 

16,922 

952 

41,313 

2,213 

130 

11,853 

580,300 

12,584 

32,521 

4,135 

4,135 

(24,072)

(257,085)

233,013 

(2,015)

230,998 

836 

231,834 

4.49 

0.02 

4.51 

4.37 

0.02 

4.38 

136,967,455   
136,967,455   

138,069,608  
138,069,608  

51,392,899 

52,885,156 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

53 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
(amounts in thousands) 

NET INCOME (LOSS) 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(LOSS), NET OF TAXES (BENEFIT):
Net unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives,  
net of taxes (benefit) 

YEARS ENDED 
December 31, 
2018
(361,435)    $

$

2017

231,834 

2019
(420,212)

$

(139)

—    

— 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

$

(420,351)

$

(361,435)    $

231,834 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017  
(amounts in thousands, except share data) 
Common Stock 

Class A 

Class B

Shares 
33,510,184    $

  Amount   
335   

Shares

Amount

7,197,532

$

72 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated 
Deficit) 
(212,636)   $

$

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 
— 

—   

—    

618,325    

3,152,333    

2,066,241   

101,407,494    

Balance, December 31, 2016 
Net income (loss) available 
to the Company 
Conversion of Class B 
common stock to Class A 
common stock in the Merger 
Issuance of Class A common 
stock in the Merger 
Equity awards assumed in 
the Merger 
Stock options assumed in the 
Merger 
Compensation expense 
related to granting of stock 
awards
Issuance of common stock 
related to the Employee 
Exercise of stock options 
Common stock repurchase 
Purchase of vested employee 
restricted stock units 
Payment of dividends on 
common stock 
Dividend equivalents, net of 
forfeitures 
Payment of dividends on 
preferred stock 
Modified retrospective 
application of stock-based 
—    
compensation guidance 
Balance, December 31, 2017  139,675,781   
Net income (loss) available 
to the Company 

14,833   
8,250   

(169,279)  

(932,600)

—    

—   

—   

—   

895,834   

(506,466)  

228,227   
113,137   
(3,226,300)  

Compensation expense 
related to granting of stock 
awards
Issuance of common stock 
related to the ESPP 
Exercise of stock options 
Common stock repurchase 
Purchase of vested employee 
restricted stock units 
Payment of dividends on 
common stock 
Dividend equivalents, net of 
forfeitures 
—   
Balance, December 31, 2018  137,180,213   
Net income (loss) available 
to the Company 
Compensation expense 
related to granting of stock 
awards
Issuance of common stock 
related to the ESPP 

1,631,529   

334,782   

—   

—   

Additional
Paid-in 
Capital 
$ 605,603 

—

—

1,160,102

6,771

1,007

9,546

182

42

(10,666)

(2,563)

(29,296)

(1,556)

(2,574)

534

1,737,132

—

15,140

1,426

152

(29,375)

(5,181)

(25,782)

—

1,693,512

—

13,366

1,325

—   

—

—

32     (3,152,333)

(32)

1,014    

6    

—    

21   

—   
—   
(9)

(2)  

—   

—   

—    

—    
1,397   

—   

9   

2   
1   
(32)  

(5)  

—   

—   
1,372   

—   

16   

4   

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,045,199

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,045,199

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

40

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

40

—

—

—

55 

233,849   

—   

—    

—    

—    

—   

—   
—   
— 

—   

—   

—   

—    

4,578    
25,791   

(361,435)  

—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

(24,861)  

(159)  
(360,664)  

(420,212)  

—   

—   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Total 
$ 393,374

233,849 

— 

1,161,116 

6,777 

1,007 

9,567 

182 

42 

(10,675)

(2,565)

(29,296)

(1,556)

(2,574)

5,112 

1,764,360 

(361,435)

15,149 

1,428 

153 

(29,407)

(5,186)

(50,643)

(159)

1,334,260 

(420,212)

13,382 

1,329 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of stock options 
Common stock repurchase 
Purchase of vested employee 
restricted stock units 
Payment of dividends on 
common stock 

180,300   
(5,000,000)  

(459,203)  

—   

2   
(50)  

(5)  

—   

—   

Dividend equivalents, net of 
forfeitures 
Net unrealized gain (loss) on 
derivatives 
Application of amended 
—     $ —    
leasing guidance 
Balance, December 31, 2019  133,867,621    $ 1,339   

—     $ —    

—   

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $ — 

— $ — 

$

$

242

(18,290)

(2,900)

(31,474)

—

— 

— 

4,045,199

$

40 

$1,655,781 

$

$

$

—   
—   

—   

—   

579   

—    

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(139)

244 

(18,340)

(2,905)

(31,474)

579 

(139)

4,719    
(775,578)  

— 

4,719 

(139)

$ 881,443

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

56 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(amounts in thousands) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2018 

2019

2017

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income (loss) available to the Company
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used 

in) operating activities: 

$

(420,212)   $

(361,435)  $

233,849

Depreciation and amortization 
Net amortization of deferred financing costs (net of original issue 

discount and debt premium) 
Net deferred taxes (benefit) and other 
Provision for bad debts 
Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Net loss on extinguishment of debt 
Deferred compensation 
Impairment loss 
Accretion expense (income), net of asset retirement obligation 
adjustments 

Changes in assets and liabilities (net of effects of acquisitions, 

dispositions, consolidation, and deconsolidation of Variable Interest 
Entities (VIEs)): 

Accounts receivable 
Prepaid expenses, deposits and other 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Accrued interest expense 
Accrued liabilities - long-term 
Prepaid expenses - long-term 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Additions to property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, intangibles and other 
assets 
Purchases of audio assets 

Additions to amortizable intangible assets
Purchases of investments 
Proceeds from sale of property reflected as restricted cash
(Deconsolidation) consolidation of a VIE
Proceeds from disposition of radio stations

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

45,331   

44,288  

15,546 

157   
5,407   
4,549   
(7,640)  
15,882   
2,046   
6,118   
545,457   

327  
(61,798) 
8,909  
(12,158) 
15,149  
—  
(1,357) 
493,988  

1,371 
(263,551)
3,715 
11,853 
9,567 
4,135 
4,247 
952 

65   

60  

37 

(30,856)  
(283)  
(27,777)  
3,875   
(9,931)  
—   
132,188   

1,777  
1,431  
1,217  
(6,278) 
(21,871) 
—  
102,249  

(14,127)
14,267 
8,370 
4,169 
(2,414)
(2,874)
29,112 

(70,476)  

(29,837) 

(20,530)

29,321   
(40,136)  
(7,425)  
(1,800)  
—   
—   
—   
(90,516)  

185,761  
(71,434) 
(11,949) 
(1,250) 
70,187  
—  
—  
141,478  

60,505 
(24,000)
(663)
(9,700)
— 
(302)
12,000 
17,310 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(amounts in thousands) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2018 

2019

2017

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

430,000   

—  

500,000 

57 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
Borrowing under the revolving senior debt
Payments of long-term debt 
Payments of revolving senior debt 
Payment for debt issuance costs 
Proceeds from issuance of employee stock plan
Retirement of perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
Purchase of vested employee restricted stock units
Payment of dividends on common stock
Payment of dividend equivalents on vested restricted stock units
Repurchase of common stock 
Payment of dividends on preferred stock

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS 
AND RESTRICTED CASH 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

194,000   
(521,700)  
(257,000)

(7,691)  
1,329   
—   
244   
(2,905)  
(30,273)  
(1,201)  
(18,340)  
—   
(213,537)  

(171,865)  
192,258   

80,000  
(81,348) 
—  
—  
1,428  
—  
153  
(5,186) 
(49,770) 
(873) 
(30,040) 
—  
(85,636) 

158,091  
34,167  

200,500 
(669,750)
— 
(16,302)
182 
(27,737)
42 
(2,565)
(29,296)
(1,556)
(10,042)
(2,574)
(59,098)

(12,676)

46,843 

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF 
YEAR 

$

20,393    $

192,258   $

34,167 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW 
INFORMATION: 

Cash paid during the period for: 

Interest 

Income taxes

Dividends on common stock

Dividends on preferred stock

$

$

$

$

101,155    $
39,100    $
30,273    $
—    $

96,843   $
54,217   $
49,770   $
—   $

24,813 

2,030 

29,296 

2,574 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

58 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018, AND 2017  

1. 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION 

Nature of Business – Entercom Communications Corp. (the “Company”) is the second-largest radio broadcasting company in 
the United States. The Company is also a leading local media and entertainment company with a nationwide footprint of 
stations including positions in all of the top 16 markets and 22 of the top 25 markets. 

On February 2, 2017, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“Merger Sub”), entered into an Agreement and 
Plan of Merger (the “CBS Radio Merger Agreement”) with CBS Corporation (“CBS”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary CBS 
Radio Inc. (“CBS Radio”). Pursuant to the CBS Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into CBS Radio with CBS 
Radio surviving as the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Merger”). On November 13, 2018, the Company changed the 
name of CBS Radio Inc. to Entercom Media Corp. The parties to the Merger believe that the Merger was tax-free to CBS and 
its shareholders. The Merger was effected through a stock for stock Reverse Morris Trust transaction. 

Upon obtaining required approvals from the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC"), the Antitrust Division 

of the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ"), and the Company's shareholders, the Merger closed on November 17, 2017. The 
results of CBS Radio have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. 
Refer to Note 3, Business Combinations, for additional information. 

The Company’s strategy focuses on providing compelling content in the communities it serves to enable the Company 
to offer its advertisers an effective marketing platform to reach a large targeted local audience. The principal components of the 
Company’s strategy are to: (i) focus on creating effective integrated marketing solutions for its customers that incorporate its 
audio, digital and experiential assets; (ii) build strongly-branded radio stations with highly compelling content; (iii) develop 
market leading station clusters; and (iv) recruit, develop, motivate and retain superior employees. 

Reclassifications 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ statements of cash flow and notes to the consolidated 

financial statements to conform to the presentation in the current year, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s 
previously reported financial statements. 

2. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles of Consolidation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and 
its subsidiaries, all of which are 100% owned by the Company. All intercompany transactions and balances have been 
eliminated in consolidation. The Company also considers the applicability of any variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that are 
required to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. From time to time, the Company may enter into a time brokerage 
agreement (“TBA”) or local marketing agreement (“LMA”) in connection with a pending acquisition or disposition of radio 
stations and the requirement to consolidate or deconsolidate a VIE or separately present activity as discontinued operations may 
apply, depending on the facts and circumstances related to each transaction. 

As of December 31, 2019, there were no VIEs requiring consolidation in these financial statements.  As of 

December 31, 2018, there was one VIE that required consolidation in these consolidated financial statements. During 2018, the 
Company entered into an agreement with a third party qualified intermediary (“QI”), under which the Company was primarily 
responsible for the oversight and completion of certain construction projects. This agreement related to the creation of leasehold 
improvement assets on property that had already been made available for tenant use. The Company believed it was the primary 
beneficiary of the VIE as the Company had the power to direct the activities that were most significant to the VIE and the 
Company had the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive returns that would be significant to the VIE during the 
period of the agreement. 

Total results of operations of the VIE for the year ended December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, were not 

significant. The consolidated VIE had a material amount of cash as of December 31, 2018, which was reflected as restricted 
cash on the consolidated balance sheet. Restrictions on these deposits lapsed during the first quarter of 2019.  As a result, the 
Company does not have restricted cash as of December 31, 2019. The VIE had no other assets or liabilities aside from the 
restricted cash balances and capitalized leasehold improvements as of December 31, 2018. The assets of the Company’s 

59 

consolidated VIE could only be used to settle the obligations of the VIE. There was a lack of recourse by the creditors of the 
VIE against the Company’s general creditors. 

Refer to Note 22, Contingencies And Commitments, for further discussion of VIEs requiring consolidation. See Note 

21, Assets Held For Sale And Discontinued Operations, for further discussion on discontinued operations. 

Reportable Segment – The Company operates under one reportable business segment for which segment disclosure is 
consistent with the management decision-making process that determines the allocation of resources and the measuring of 
performance.  

Operating Segment - Following the Company's Merger with CBS Radio in November 2017, the Company's radio broadcasting 
operations increased from 28 radio markets to 48 radio markets.  In connection with the Merger, management further 
considered its operating segment and reportable segment conclusions.  Management considered factors including, but not 
limited to: (i) the favorable impact of the significant synergies generated through more centralized operating activities; and (ii) 
how the value of the portfolio of radio markets is greater than the sum of the value of the individual radio markets in that 
portfolio.  These factors impact how the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") evaluates the results of a significantly 
larger company and how operating decisions are made, which are now performed at the Company level.  

This approach is consistent with how operating and capital investment decisions are made as needed, at the Company 

level, irrespective of any given market's size or location.  Furthermore, technological enhancements and systems integration 
decisions are reached at the Company level and applied to all markets rather than to specific or individual markets to ensure that 
each market has the same tools and opportunities as every other market.  Management also considered its organizational 
structure in assessing its operating segments and reportable segments.  Managers at the market level are often responsible for 
the operational oversight of multiple markets, the assignment of which is nether dependent upon geographical region nor size.  
Managers at the market level do not report to the CODM and instead report to other senior management, who are responsible 
for the operational oversight of radio markets and for communication of results to the CODM. After consideration of the above, 
the Company changed its operating segment conclusions during the second quarter of 2018.  The Company has one operating 
segment and one reportable segment. 

Management’s Use of Estimates – The preparation of consolidated financial statements, in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as of the date of the 
consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant 
estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (i) asset impairments, including broadcasting licenses and goodwill; 
(ii) income tax valuation allowances for deferred tax assets; (iii) allowance for doubtful accounts and allowance for sales 
reserves; (iv) self-insurance reserves; (v) fair value of equity awards; (vi) estimated lives for tangible and intangible assets; 
(vii) contingency and litigation reserves; (viii) fair value measurements; (ix) acquisition purchase price asset and liability 
allocations; and (x) uncertain tax positions. The Company’s accounting estimates require the use of judgment as future events 
and the effect of these events cannot be predicted with certainty. The accounting estimates may change as new events occur, as 
more experience is acquired and as more information is obtained. The Company evaluates and updates assumptions and 
estimates on an ongoing basis and may use outside experts to assist in the Company’s evaluation, as considered necessary. 
Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Income Taxes – The Company applies the asset and liability method to the accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred 
income taxes are recognized for all temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting bases of the Company’s 
assets and liabilities based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are 
expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded for a net deferred tax asset balance when it is more likely 
than not that the benefits of the tax asset will not be realized. The Company reviews on a continuing basis the need for a 
deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset 
valuation allowance is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that such an adjustment is required. 

The Company applies the guidance for income taxes and intra-period allocation to the recognition of uncertain tax 

positions. This guidance clarifies the recognition, de-recognition and measurement in financial statements of income tax 
positions taken in previously filed tax returns or tax positions expected to be taken in tax returns, including a decision whether 
to file or not to file in a particular jurisdiction. The guidance requires that any liability created for unrecognized tax benefits is 
disclosed. The application of this guidance may also affect the tax bases of assets and liabilities and therefore may change or 
create deferred tax liabilities or assets. This guidance also clarifies the method to allocate income taxes (benefit) to the different 
components of income (loss), such as: (i) income (loss) from continuing operations; (ii) income (loss) from discontinued 
operations; (iii) other comprehensive income (loss); (iv) the cumulative effects of accounting changes; and (v) other charges or 
credits recorded directly to shareholders’ equity. See Note 17, Income Taxes, for a further discussion of income taxes. 

60 

Property and Equipment – Property and equipment are carried at cost. Major additions or improvements are capitalized, 
including interest expense when material, while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Upon sale or 
retirement, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in 
the statement of operations. Depreciation expense on property and equipment is determined on a straight-line basis. 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment is reflected in the following table: 

Depreciation expense 

$

2019

Property And Equipment
Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
28,709   $

31,866    $

2017

13,215 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had capital expenditure commitments outstanding of $2.8 million. 

The following is a summary of the categories of property and equipment along with the range of estimated useful lives 

used for depreciation purposes: 

Land land easements and land improvements
Buildings
Equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Other 
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation

Capital improvements in progress

Net property and equipment 

* 

Shorter of economic life or lease term 

Depreciation Period

In Years

From

To

0
20
3
5

*
*

15
40
40
10

*
*

Property And Equipment
December 31,

2019 
107,281   $
34,777 
210,872 
19,393 
44 
98,833 
471,200 
(163,416)
307,784 
42,882 
350,666    $

$

$

2018
110,570
36,038
222,847
18,426
44
71,688
459,613
(158,341)
301,272
15,758
317,030 

Long-Lived Assets - The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets, which include property and equipment, 
broadcasting licenses (subject to an eight-year renewal cycle), goodwill, deferred charges, and other assets. See Note 7, 
Intangible Assets And Goodwill, for further discussion. Certain of the Company’s equipment, such as broadcast towers, can 
provide economic benefit over a longer period of time resulting in the use of longer lives of up to 40 years. 

If events or changes in circumstances were to indicate that an asset’s carrying value is not recoverable, a write-down 

of the asset would be recorded through a charge to operations. The determination and measurement of the fair value of long-
lived assets requires the use of significant judgments and estimates. Future events may impact these judgments and estimates. 

Revenue Recognition – The Company generates revenue from the sale to advertisers of various services and products, 
including but not limited to: (i) commercial broadcast time; (ii) digital advertising; (iii) local events; (iv) e-commerce where an 
advertiser’s goods and services are sold through the Company’s websites; and (v) a suite of digital products. 

Revenue from services and products is recognized when delivered. Advertiser payments received in advance of when 

the products or services are delivered are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet as unearned revenue. 

Revenues presented in the consolidated financial statements are reflected on a net basis, after the deduction of 

advertising agency fees by the advertising agencies. The Company also evaluates when it is appropriate to recognize revenue 
based on the gross amount invoiced to the customer or the net amount retained by the Company if a third party is involved. 

Refer to the recent accounting pronouncements section within this note for additional information on recently issued 
accounting guidance on revenue recognition. Refer to Note 4, Revenue, for additional information on the Company’s revenue. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refer to Note 4, Revenue, Note 9, Other Current Liabilities, and Note 10, Other Long-Term Liabilities, for additional 

information on unearned revenue. 

The following table presents the amounts of unearned revenues as of the periods indicated: 

Current 

Long-term

Balance Sheet Location

Other current liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Unearned Revenues
December 31,

2019 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

  $
  $

9,894   $
2,113   $

22,692 

1,138

Concentration of Credit Risk – The Company’s revenues and accounts receivable relate primarily to the sale of advertising 
within its radio stations’ broadcast areas. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customers’ financial condition and, 
generally, collateral is not required. Credit losses are provided for in the financial statements and consistently have been within 
management’s expectations. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance 
for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing 
accounts receivable. The balance in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s historical 
collections, the age of the receivables, specific customer information, and current economic conditions. Delinquent accounts are 
written off if collections efforts have been unsuccessful and the likelihood of recovery is considered remote. 

Debt Issuance Costs and Original Issue Discount – The costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and amortized 
over the lives of the related debt and such amortization is accounted for as interest expense. See Note 11, Long-Term Debt, for 
further discussion for the amount of deferred financing expense that was included in interest expense in the accompanying 
consolidated statements of operations. 

In 2019, the Company issued senior secured second-lien notes and used proceeds to partially repay amounts outstanding under 
existing indebtedness. In connection with this refinancing activity, a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs 
associated with the Company's former term loan was written off and included in the statement of operations under loss on 
extinguishment of debt.  Lender fees and third party fees incurred during the refinancing were capitalized or expensed as 
appropriate based on accounting guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments.  

In 2017, the Company refinanced its outstanding debt in conjunction with the Merger. In connection with this refinancing 
activity, a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Company’s former revolving credit facility 
and a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Company’s former term loan was written off and 
included in the statement of operations under loss on extinguishment of debt. Lender fees and third party fees incurred during 
the refinancing were capitalized or expensed as appropriate based on accounting guidance for debt modifications and 
extinguishments. 

Refer to Note 11, Long-Term Debt, for further discussion of the 2019 and 2017 refinancing activities. 

Extinguishment of Debt –The Company may amend, append or replace, in part or in full, its outstanding debt. The Company 
reviews its unamortized financing costs associated with its outstanding debt to determine the amount subject to extinguishment 
under the accounting provisions for an exchange of debt instruments with substantially different terms or changes in a line-of-
credit or revolving-debt arrangement. 

On December 13, 2019, April 30, 2019, and November 17, 2017, the Company refinanced certain of its outstanding debt. In 
each refinancing event, a portion of the Company’s outstanding debt was accounted for as an extinguishment. See Note 11, 
Long-Term Debt for a discussion of the Company’s long-term debt. 

Corporate General and Administrative Expense – Corporate general and administrative expense consists of corporate 
overhead costs and non-cash compensation expense. Included in corporate general and administrative expenses are those costs 
not specifically allocable to any of the Company’s individual business properties. 

Time Brokerage Agreement (Income) Fees – TBA fees or income consists of fees paid or received under agreements that 
permit an acquirer to program and market stations prior to an acquisition. The Company sometimes enters into a TBA prior to 
the consummation of station acquisitions and dispositions. The Company may also enter into a Joint Sales Agreement to 
market, but not to program, a station for a defined period of time. A portion of the Company’s TBA income earned is presented 
in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (benefit) in the Company’s consolidated statement of 

62 

 
 
 
operations. TBA fees or income earned from continuing operations are recorded as a separate line item in the Company’s 
consolidated statement of operations. 

Trade and Barter Transactions – The Company provides advertising broadcast time in exchange for certain products, 
supplies and services. The terms of the exchanges generally permit the Company to preempt such broadcast time in favor of 
advertisers who purchase time on regular terms. The Company includes the value of such exchanges in both broadcasting net 
revenues and station operating expenses. Trade and Barter valuation is based upon management’s estimate of the fair value of 
the products, supplies and services received. See Note 18, Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures On Non-Cash Activities, for a 
summary of the Company’s barter transactions. 

Business Combinations – Accounting guidance for business combinations provides the criteria to recognize intangible assets 
apart from goodwill. Other than goodwill, the Company uses an income or cost method to determine the fair value of all 
intangible assets required to be recognized for business combinations. For a discussion of impairment testing of those assets 
acquired in a business combination, including goodwill, see Note 7, Intangible Assets And Goodwill. 

Asset Retirement Obligations – The Company reasonably estimates the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. For an 
asset retirement obligation that is conditional (uncertainty about the timing and/or method of settlement), the Company factors 
into its fair value measurement a probability factor as the obligation depends upon a future event that may or may not be within 
the control of the Company. 

The following table presents the changes in asset retirement obligations: 

Beginning Balance 
Additions 
Settlements 
Revision of estimate 
Accretions 
Ending Balance 

Asset retirement obligations - short term 
Asset retirement obligations - long term 

Total asset retirement obligations 

Asset Retirement Obligations
December 31,

2019 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

2,030   $
—  
(20) 
—  
64  
2,074   $
380   $

1,694  
2,074   $

1,714 
456 
(204)
4 
60 
2,030 

342 
1,688 
2,030 

Accrued Compensation – Certain types of employee compensation are paid in subsequent periods. See Note 9, Other Current 
Liabilities, for amounts reflected in the balance sheets. 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash – Cash consists primarily of amounts held on deposit with financial institutions. 
The Company’s cash deposits with banks are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000 per account. 
At times, the cash balances held by the Company in financial institutions may exceed these insured limits. The risk of loss 
attributable to these uninsured balances is mitigated by depositing funds in high credit quality financial institutions. The 
Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. From time to time, the Company may invest in cash equivalents, 
which consists of investments in immediately available money market accounts and all highly liquid debt instruments with 
initial maturities of three months or less. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months 
or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash balances consist of amounts that the Company may be restricted in its ability to 
access or amounts that are reserved for a specific purpose and therefore not available for immediate or general business use. 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had investments in money market instruments of approximately $69.4 

million, which are reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as restricted cash as the Company was temporarily restricted in 
its ability to access these funds. The Company deposited proceeds from the sale of a parcel of land in Chicago, Illinois and 
proceeds from the sale of land and buildings in Los Angeles, California into accounts of a QI. Refer to Note 22, Contingencies 
and Commitments, for additional information on these transactions. The Company deposited these proceeds into a QI account 
to comply with requirements under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) to execute a like-kind exchange. 
This process allowed the Company to effectively minimize its current tax liability in connection with the gains recognized on 
these asset sales. The cash proceeds in the accounts of the QI were invested in money market accounts. The Company does not 

63 

 
 
 
 
believe it had any material credit exposure with respect to these assets. Restrictions on these restricted cash deposits lapsed 
during the first quarter of 2019. As a result, the Company does not have restricted cash on its balance sheet at December 31, 
2019.  As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had no other cash equivalents on hand. 

Derivative Financial Instruments – The Company follows accounting guidance for its derivative financial instruments that it 
enters into from time to time, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and hedging activities. 

Leases – The Company follows accounting guidance for its leases, which includes the recognition of escalated rents on a 
straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreement, as described further in Note 10, Other Long-Term Liabilities. 

The operating lease obligations represent scheduled future minimum operating lease payments under non-cancellable 
operating leases, including rent obligations under escalation clauses that are defined increases and not escalations that depend 
on variable indices. The minimum lease payments do not include common area maintenance, variable real estate taxes, 
insurance and other costs for which the Company may be obligated as most of these payments are primarily variable rather than 
fixed. 

See Note 22, Contingencies and Commitments, for a discussion of the Company’s leases. In addition, refer to the 

recent accounting pronouncements section of this note, Leasing Transactions, for a change in the Company’s reporting 
requirements as of January 1, 2019. 

Share-Based Compensation – The Company records compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to 
employees and directors, at estimated fair value. The Company also uses the simplified method in developing an estimate of the 
expected term of certain stock options. For further discussion of share-based compensation, see Note 16, Share-Based 
Compensation. 

Investments – For those investments in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating 
and financial policies of the investee, the investment is accounted for under the equity method. At December 31, 2019, and 
2018, the Company held no equity method investments. For those investments in which the Company does not have such 
significant influence, the Company applies the accounting guidance for certain investments in debt and equity securities. An 
investment is classified into one of three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading securities, and, depending 
upon the classification, is carried at fair value based upon quoted market prices or historical cost when quoted market prices are 
unavailable. 

The Company has minority equity investments in privately held companies that are separately presented in the 

Investments line item. The Company monitors these investments for impairment and makes appropriate reductions to the 
carrying value when events and circumstances indicated that the carrying value of the investments may not be recoverable. In 
determining whether a decline in fair value exists, the Company considers various factors, including market price (when 
available), investment ratings, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, the length of time and the extent 
to which the fair value has been less than the Company’s cost basis, and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the 
investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. The Company also provides 
certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures for those investments that are impaired at the balance sheet date and for those 
investments for which an impairment has not been recognized. The Company's investments continue to be carried at their 
original cost.  There have been no impairments in the investments valued under the measurement alternative, returns of capital, 
or any adjustments resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the investments. Refer to Note 20, Fair 
Value Of Financial Instruments, for additional information on the Company’s investments valued under the measurement 
alternative. 

Advertising and Promotion Costs – Costs of media advertising and associated production costs are expensed when incurred. 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the costs incurred were $7.1 million, $3.6 million, and $0.7 million. 

Insurance and Self-Insurance Liabilities – The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to 
provide for the potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, property, director and officers’ liability, vehicle 
liability and employee health care benefits. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are estimated, 
in part, by considering claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors, outside expertise and other actuarial 
assumptions. For any legal costs expected to be incurred in connection with a loss contingency, the Company recognizes the 
expense as incurred. 

Recognition of Insurance Claims and Other Recoveries – The Company recognizes insurance recoveries and other claims 
when all contingencies have been satisfied.   

64 

Sports Programming Costs and Unfavorable/Favorable Sports Liabilities/Assets – Sports programming costs which are for 
a specified number of events are amortized on an event-by-event basis, and programming costs which are for a specified season 
are amortized over the season on a straight-line basis. Prepaid expenses which are not directly allocable to any one particular 
season are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the agreement. In connection with certain acquisitions, the 
Company assumed contracts at above or below market rates. These liabilities and assets are being amortized over the life of the 
contracts and are reflected within current and long-term assets and liabilities. 

Accrued Litigation - The Company evaluates the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome in legal or regulatory proceedings to 
which it is a party and records a loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the 
loss can be reasonably estimated. These judgments are subjective, based on the status of such legal or regulatory proceedings, 
the merits of the Company’s defenses and consultation with corporate and external legal counsel. Actual outcomes of these 
legal and regulatory proceedings may materially differ from the Company’s estimates. The Company expenses legal costs as 
incurred in professional fees. See Note 22, Contingencies and Commitments. 

Software Costs – The Company capitalizes direct internal and external costs incurred to develop internal-use software during 
the application development stage. Internal-use software includes website development activities such as the planning and 
design of additional functionality and features for existing sites and/or the planning and design of new sites. Costs related to the 
maintenance, content development and training of internal-use software are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are 
amortized over the estimated useful life of three years using the straight-line method. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

All new accounting pronouncements that are in effect that may impact the Company’s financial statements have been 

implemented. The Company does not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued, 
other than those listed below, that might have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

In June 2018, the accounting guidance was amended to address several aspects of accounting for nonemployee share-
based payment transactions to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. 
The guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2019. The Company adopted the new guidance using a modified 
retrospective approach, without the need to make a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the effective date. 
The Company believes that this amendment to the accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

In March 2016, the accounting guidance for stock-based compensation was modified primarily to: (i) record excess tax 

benefits or deficiencies on stock-based compensation in the statement of operations, regardless of whether the tax benefits 
reduce taxes payable in the period; (ii) allow an employee’s use of shares to satisfy the employer’s statutory income tax 
withholding obligation up to the maximum statutory tax rates in the applicable jurisdictions; and (iii) allow entities to make an 
accounting policy election to either estimate the number of award forfeitures or to account for forfeitures when they occur. The 
guidance was effective for the Company on January 1, 2017. 

As of January 1, 2017, the Company recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment to its accumulated deficit of $5.1 million 

on a modified retrospective transition basis. This adjustment was comprised of previously unrecognized excess tax benefits of 
$4.6 million as adjusted for the Company’s effective income tax rate, and a change to recognize stock-based compensation 
forfeitures when they occur of $0.5 million, net of tax. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company adopted the amended accounting guidance for revenue recognition on January 1, 2018, using the 

modified retrospective transition method, without a need to make a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the 
effective date.  As a result, the Company has changed its accounting policy for revenue recognition as described below.  Except 
for the changes below, the Company has consistently applied its accounting policies to all periods presented in these 
consolidated financial statements.  Refer to Note 4, Revenue, for additional information. 

Under certain practical expedients elected, the Company did not disclose the amount of consideration allocated to the 
remaining performance obligations or an explanation of when the Company expects to recognize that amount as revenue for all 
reporting periods presented before January 1, 2018.  

Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018, are presented under the amended accounting guidance, 
while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company's historic accounting 

65 

guidance.  Based upon the Company's assessment, the impact of this guidance is not material to the Company's financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows through December 31, 2019. 

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a product or 
service to a customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for those products or 
services. 

Revenues presented in the consolidated financial statements are reflected on a net basis, after the deduction of 
advertising agency fees by the advertising agencies.  The Company also evaluates when it is appropriate to recognize revenue 
based on the gross amount invoiced to the customer or the net amount retained by the Company if a third party is involved.  

Leasing Transactions 

In February 2016, the accounting guidance was modified to increase transparency and comparability among 

organizations by requiring the recognition of right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet.  

The guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2019, and was implemented using a modified 
retrospective approach at the beginning of the period of adoption, rather than at the beginning of the earliest comparative period 
presented in these financial statements. 

As a result, the Company has changed its accounting policy for leases as described below.  Except for the changes 
below, the Company has consistently applied its accounting policies to all periods presented in these consolidated financial 
statements.  Refer to Note 6, Leases, for additional information. 

Under certain practical expedients elected, the Company did not reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are 

or contain leases.  The Company did not reassess lease classification between operating and finance leases for any expired or 
existing leases.  The Company did not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.  

Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019, are presented under the amended accounting guidance, 
while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company's historic accounting 
guidance.  Based upon the Company's assessment, the impact of this guidance had a material impact on the Company's 
financial position and the impact to the Company's results of operations and cash flows through December 31, 2019, was not 
material.  As of January 1, 2019, the Company recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment to its accumulated deficit of 
$4.7 million, net of taxes of $1.7 million.  This adjustment was attributable to the recognition of deferred gains from sale and 
leaseback transactions under the previous accounting guidance for leases.  

The Company recognizes the assets and liabilities that arise from leases on the commencement date of the lease.  The 
Company recognizes the liability to make lease payments as a liability as well as a ROU asset representing its right to use the 
underlying asset for the lease term, on the consolidated balance sheet.  

As discussed above, the Company implemented the amended accounting guidance for leasing transactions on January 

1, 2019.  There was no impact to previously reported results of operations. The most significant impact of the adoption of the 
new leasing guidance was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases on the balance sheet of 
$288.7 million and $306.2 million, respectively, on January 1, 2019.  The difference between the ROU assets and lease 
liabilities recorded upon implementation is primarily attributable to deferred rent balances and unfavorable lease liabilities 
which were combined and presented net within the ROU assets.  Refer to Note 6, Leases, for additional information.  

3.  

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

The Company records acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting and allocates the purchase price to the 

assets and liabilities based upon their respective fair values as determined as of the acquisition date. Merger and acquisition 
costs are excluded from the purchase price as these costs are expensed for book purposes and amortized for tax purposes. 

2019 Cadence 13 Acquisition 

On October 16, 2019, the Company completed its acquisition of Cadence 13, Inc. ("Cadence 13") by purchasing the 
remaining shares in Cadence 13 that it did not already own.  The Company initially acquired a 45% interest in Cadence 13 in 
July 2017.  The Company acquired the remaining interest in Cadence 13 for a purchase price of $24.3 million in cash plus 
working capital (The "Cadence 13 Acquisition").   

In connection with this step acquisition of Cadence 13, the Company remeasured its previously held equity interest to 
fair value and recognized a gain of $5.3 million and removed the investment in Cadence 13 from its records.  Upon completion 
of the Cadence 13 Acquisition, the Company recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value.  

66 

Based on the timing of the Cadence 13 Acquisition, the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year 

ended December 31, 2019, reflect the results of Cadence 13's operations for a portion of the period after the completion of the 
Cadence 13 Acquisition.  The Company's consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017 
do not reflect the results of Cadence 13's operations. 

The allocations presented in the table below are based upon management's estimates of the fair values using valuation 

techniques including income, cost and market approaches. 

The Company's fair value analysis contains assumptions based on past experience, reflects expectations of industry 

observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry normalized information.  Using a residual method, 
any excess between the fair values of the net assets acquired and the total fair value of assets acquired was recorded as 
goodwill. The Company recorded goodwill on its books, which is fully deductible for income tax purposes.  Management 
believes that this acquisition provides the Company with an opportunity to benefit from customer relationships, technical 
knowledge and trade secrets. 

The following preliminary purchase price allocations are based upon the valuation of assets and these estimates and 
assumptions are subject to change as the Company obtains additional information during the measurement period, which may 
be up to one year from the acquisition date.  These assets pending finalization include intangible assets.  Differences between 
the preliminary and final valuation could be substantially different from the initial estimate.  

Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Total tangible property 
Operating lease right-of-use asset 
Deferred tax asset 
Cadence 13 brand 
Goodwill 
Total intangible and other assets 
Operating lease liabilities 
Net working capital 
Preliminary fair value of net assets 

2019 Pineapple Acquisition 

Preliminary Value  

(amounts in 
thousands) 

$ 

$ 

654  
654   
62   
2,900   
5,977   
31,392   
40,331   
(985)  
(757)  
39,243  

Useful Lives in Years 

From 

To 

3 

3 

7 

3 

non-amortizing 

On July 19, 2019, the Company completed a transaction to acquire the assets of Pineapple Street Media ("Pineapple") 

for a purchase price of $14.0 million in cash plus working capital (the "Pineapple Acquisition").  Upon completion of the 
Pineapple Acquisition, the Company recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. 

Based on the timing of the Pineapple Acquisition, the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 
December 31, 2019, reflect the results of Pineapple's operations for a portion of the period after the completion of the Pineapple 
Acquisition.  The Company's consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 do not reflect 
the results of Pineapple's operations. 

The allocations presented in the table below are based upon management's estimates of the fair values using valuation 

techniques including income, cost and market approaches. 

The Company's fair value analysis contains assumptions based on past experience, reflects expectations of industry 

observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry normalized information.  Using a residual method, 
any excess between the fair values of the net assets acquired and the total fair value of assets acquired was recorded as 
goodwill. The Company recorded goodwill on its books, which is fully deductible for income tax purposes.  Management 
believes that this acquisition provides the Company with an opportunity to benefit from customer relationships, technical 
knowledge and trade secrets. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following preliminary purchase price allocations are based upon the valuation of assets and these estimates and 
assumptions are subject to change as the Company obtains additional information during the measurement period, which may 
be up to one year from the acquisition date.  These assets pending finalization include intangible assets.  Differences between 
the preliminary and final valuation could be substantially different from the initial estimate.  

Useful Lives in 
Years 

From 

To 

non-amortizing 
non-amortizing 

Preliminary Value 
(amounts in thousands)  

$

$
$

997   
1,793  
12,445  
15,235  
15,235  
238  
30  
268   
14,967   

Assets 
Accounts receivable 
Pineapple Street Media brand 
Goodwill 
Total intangible and other assets 
Total assets 
Unearned revenue 
Accounts payable 
Total liabilities 
Preliminary fair value of net assets 

i d

2019 Cumulus Exchange 

On February 13, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Cumulus Media Inc. ("Cumulus") under which 
the Company exchanged three of its stations in Indianapolis, Indiana for two Cumulus stations in Springfield, Massachusetts, 
and one Cumulus station in New York City, New York (the "Cumulus Exchange").  The Company and Cumulus began 
programming the respective stations under local marketing agreements ("LMAs") on March 1, 2019.  Upon completion of the 
Cumulus Exchange on May 9, 2019, the Company: (i) removed from its records the assets of the divested stations, which were 
previously classified as assets held for sale; (ii) recorded the assets of the acquired stations at fair value; and (iii) recognized a 
loss on the exchange transaction of approximately $1.8 million. 

Based on the timing of the Cumulus Exchange, the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 

December 31, 2019: (i) reflect the results of the acquired stations for a portion of the period in which the LMAs were in effect 
and after the completion of the Cumulus Exchange; and (ii) reflect the results of the divested stations for a portion of the period 
until the commencement date of the LMAs.  The Company's consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 
31, 2018, and 2017: (i) do not reflect the results of the acquired stations; and (ii) reflect the results of the divested stations. 

The allocations presented in the table below are based upon management's estimate of the fair values using valuation 

techniques including income, cost and market approaches.  In estimating the fair value of the acquired FCC broadcasting 
licenses, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and cash flows that assume an 
expected future growth rate of 1.0% and an estimated discount rate of 9.0%.  The gross profit margins utilized were considered 
appropriate based on management's expectations and experience in equivalent sized markets.  The Company determines the fair 
value of the broadcasting licenses by relying on a discounted cash flow approach assuming a start-up scenario in which the only 
assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses.  The Company's fair value analysis contains assumptions based on past 
experience, reflects expectations of industry observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry 
normalized information for an average station within a certain market.  Using a residual method, any excess between the fair 
value of the net assets acquired and the total fair value of stations acquired was recorded as goodwill.  The Company recorded 
goodwill on its books, which is fully deductible for income tax purposes.  Management believes that this exchange provides the 
Company with an opportunity to benefit from operational efficiencies from combining the operation of the acquired stations 
with the Company's existing stations within the Springfield, Massachusetts, and New York City, New York markets.  

The following preliminary purchase price allocations are based upon the valuation of assets and these estimates and 
assumptions are subject to change as the Company obtains additional information during the measurement period, which may 
be up to one year from the acquisition date.  These assets pending finalization include intangible assets.  Differences between 
the preliminary and final valuation could be substantially different from the initial estimate.  

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Useful Lives in 
Years 

From 

To 

3 

7 

non-amortizing 
non-amortizing 

Preliminary Value 
(amounts in thousands)  

$

$
$

844   
844  
19,576  
2,080  
21,656  
22,500   
22,500   

Assets 
Equipment 
Total tangible property 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Total intangible and other assets 
Total assets 
Preliminary fair value of net assets 

i d

2018 WXTU Transaction 

On July 18, 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. (“Beasley”) to sell 

certain assets of WXTU-FM, serving the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania radio market for $38.0 million in cash (the “WXTU 
Transaction”). The Company also simultaneously entered into a TBA with Beasley where Beasley commenced operations of 
WXTU-FM on July 23, 2018. During the period of the TBA, the Company excluded net revenues and station operating 
expenses associated with operating WXTU-FM in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company completed 
this disposition, which was subject to customary regulatory approvals, during the third quarter of 2018 and recognized a gain of 
approximately $4.4 million. 

2018 Jerry Lee Transaction 

On September 27, 2018, the Company completed a transaction to acquire the assets of WBEB-FM, serving the 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania radio market from Jerry Lee Radio, LLC (“Jerry Lee”) for a purchase price of $57.5 million in cash, 
less certain working capital and other credits (the “Jerry Lee Transaction”). The Company used proceeds from the WXTU 
Transaction and cash on hand to fund this acquisition. Upon the completion of the WXTU Transaction and the Jerry Lee 
Transaction, the Company will continue to operate six radio stations in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania market. 

On August 7, 2018, the Company entered into a TBA with Jerry Lee. During the period of the TBA, the Company 

included net revenues, station operating expenses and monthly TBA fees associated with operating WBEB-FM in the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

The allocations presented in the table below are based upon management’s estimate of the fair values using valuation 

techniques including income, cost and market approaches. In estimating the fair value of the acquired FCC broadcasting 
licenses, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and cash flows that assume an 
expected future growth rate of 1.0% and an estimated discount rate of 9.0%. The gross profit margins utilized were considered 
appropriate based on management’s expectations and experience in equivalent sized markets. The Company determines the fair 
value of the broadcasting licenses by relying on a discounted cash flow approach assuming a start-up scenario in which the only 
assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. The Company’s fair value analysis contains assumptions based upon past 
experience, reflects expectations of industry observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry 
normalized information for an average station within a certain market. Any excess of the purchase price over the assets 
acquired was reported as goodwill. The Company recorded goodwill on its books, which is fully deductible for income tax 
purposes. Management believes that this acquisition provides the Company with an opportunity to benefit from operational 
efficiencies from combining operations of the acquired station with the Company’s existing stations within the Philadelphia 
market. 

The following table reflects the final allocation of the purchase price of the assets acquired.  

Assets 
Equipment 
Total tangible property 

Final Value
(amounts in thousands)  

$

981   
981   

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advertising contracts 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Net working capital 
Total intangible and other assets 
Total assets 
Preliminary fair value of net assets acquired 

2018 Emmis Acquisition 

477   
27,346   
24,396   
3,234   
55,453   
56,434   
56,434   

$
$

On April 30, 2018, the Company completed a transaction to acquire two radio stations in St. Louis, Missouri from 

Emmis Communications Corporation (“Emmis”) for a purchase price of $15.0 million in cash (the “Emmis Acquisition”). The 
Company borrowed under its revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”) to fund the acquisition. With this acquisition, the 
Company increased its presence in St. Louis, Missouri, to five radio stations. 

On March 1, 2018, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement and a TBA with Emmis to operate two 

radio stations. During the period of the TBA, the Company included in net revenues, station operating expenses and monthly 
TBA fees associated with operating these stations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

The allocations presented in the table below are based upon management’s estimate of the fair values using valuation 

techniques including income, cost and market approaches. In estimating the fair value of the acquired FCC broadcasting 
licenses, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and cash flows that assume an 
expected future growth rate of 1.0% and an estimated discount rate of 9.0%. The gross profit margins utilized were considered 
appropriate based on management’s expectations and experience in equivalent sized markets. The Company determines the fair 
value of the broadcasting licenses by relying on a discounted cash flow approach assuming a start-up scenario in which the only 
assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. The Company’s fair value analysis contains assumptions based upon past 
experience, reflects expectations of industry observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry 
normalized information for an average station within a certain market. Any excess of the purchase price over the assets 
acquired was reported as goodwill. 

The following table reflects the final allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired.  

Assets 
Equipment 
Total tangible property 
Advertiser relationships 
Advertising contracts 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Other noncurrent assets 
Total intangible and other assets 
Total assets 
Preliminary fair value of assets acquired

Final Value 
(amounts in thousands) 

$

$
$

1,558  
1,558  
207  
114  
12,785  
332  
4  
13,442  
15,000  
15,000  

2017 CBS Radio Business Acquisition 

On February 2, 2017, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary ("Merger Sub"), entered into an Agreement and 
Plan of Merger (the "CBS Radio Merger Agreement") with CBS Corporation ("CBS") and its wholly-owned subsidiary CBS 
Radio Inc. ("CBS Radio").  Pursuant to the CBS Radio Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into CBS Radio with 
CBS Radio surviving as the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary (the "Merger").  On November 13, 2018, the Company 
changed the name of CBS Radio Inc. to Entercom Media Corp.  The parties to the Merger believe that the Merger was tax-free 
to CBS and its shareholders.  The Merger was effected through a stock for stock Reverse Morris Trust transaction. 

70 

 
 
 
 
On November 17, 2017, the Company acquired the CBS Radio business from CBS to further strengthen its scale and 

capabilities to compete more effectively with other media for a larger share of advertising dollars. The purchase price was $2.56 
billion and consisted of $1.17 billion of total equity consideration and $1.39 billion of assumed debt. 

The CBS Radio business acquisition was completed pursuant to the CBS Radio Merger Agreement, dated February 2, 

2017, by and among the Company, CBS, CBS Radio, and Merger Sub. On November 17, 2017, (i) Merger Sub was merged 
with and into CBS Radio, with CBS Radio continuing as the surviving corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the 
Company and (ii) each share of CBS Radio common stock was converted into one share of the Company’s common stock. 

The Company issued 101,407,494 shares of its Class A common Stock to the former holders of CBS Radio common 
stock. At the time of the Merger, each outstanding restricted stock unit (“RSU”) and stock option with respect to CBS Class B 
common stock held by employees of CBS Radio was canceled and converted into equity awards for the Company’s Class A 
common stock. The conversion was based on the ratio of the volume-weighted average per share closing prices of CBS stock 
on the five trading days prior to the date of acquisition and the Company’s stock on the five trading days following the date of 
acquisition. Entercom Communications Corp. is considered to be the acquiring company for accounting purposes. 

To complete the Merger, certain divestitures were required by the FCC in order to comply with the FCC’s ownership 
rules and policies. These divestitures consisted of: (i) the exchange transaction with iHeartMedia, Inc. (“iHeart”); (ii) a station 
exchange with Beasley; (iii) a cash sale to Bonneville International Corporation (“Bonneville”); and (iv) a cash sale to 
Educational Media Foundation (“EMF”). 

Due to the structure of the transaction, there was no step-up in tax basis for the assets acquired as the Company 

assumed the existing tax basis in the assets of CBS Radio. The absence of a step-up in tax basis will limit the Company’s tax 
deductions in future years and impacts the amount of deferred tax liabilities recorded as part of purchase price accounting.  

The aggregate fair value purchase price allocation of the assets and liabilities acquired in the CBS Radio Merger as 
reported on the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2018, were revised during the year ended December 
31, 2018 primarily due to: (i) a change to the deferred tax liabilities associated with certain stations acquired in the CBS Radio 
Merger which resulted in a decrease to goodwill of $3.3 million; (ii) a change to other current assets acquired in the CBS Radio 
Merger which resulted in a decrease to goodwill of $1.3 million; (iii) a change to prepaid assets acquired in the CBS Radio 
Merger which resulted in a decrease to goodwill of $0.5 million; (iv) a change to accrued expenses acquired in the CBS Radio 
Merger which resulted in an increase to goodwill of $2.3 million; (v) the recording of current and noncurrent lease 
abandonment liabilities assumed and a corresponding receivable for reimbursement from CBS Corporation; (vi) a change to 
tenant improvement allowances outstanding that were acquired in the CBS Radio Merger which resulted in a decrease to 
goodwill of $2.3 million; (vii) a change to the purchase price allocated to acquired tangible property which resulted in a 
decrease to goodwill of $16.4 million; and (viii) reclassification between the categories of acquired tangible property.  The 
reclassification between categories of acquired tangible property did not have a material impact on depreciation and 
amortization expense. 

2017 Exchange Transaction: The iHeartMedia Transaction 

On November 1, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement (the “iHeartMedia Transaction”) with iHeart to 

exchange three CBS Radio stations in Seattle, Washington, and two CBS Radio and two Company radio stations in Boston, 
Massachusetts, for four iHeart radio stations in Chattanooga, Tennessee, and six iHeart radio stations in Richmond, Virginia, 
respectively. Upon consummation of the CBS Merger, the Company contributed the stations to be divested to iHeart into an 
FCC Disposition trust. Concurrently with the Company entering into an asset exchange agreement, the FCC Disposition Trust 
and iHeart entered into TBAs which provided for iHeart and the Company, respectively, to operate certain radio stations 
pending closing. Operation under each TBA commenced at various times and for certain stations after the Merger. During the 
period of the TBA, the Company: (i) included net revenues and station operating expenses associated with operating the 
Richmond and Chattanooga stations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements; and (ii) excluded net revenues and 
station operating expenses associated with iHeart’s operation of the Seattle stations and Boston stations from the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. As a result of this iHeartMedia Transaction, the Company entered into two new markets in 
Richmond, Virginia and Chattanooga, Tennessee. 

The results of operations of KZOK FM and KJAQ FM from November 17, 2017, to December 18, 2017, are presented 

within discontinued operations as these stations were acquired from CBS Radio and were never operated by the Company and 
immediately qualified as held for sale. Refer to Note 21, Assets Held For Sale And Discontinued Operations, for additional 
information. 

2017 Exchange Transaction: The Beasley Transaction 

71 

On November 1, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Beasley Transaction”) with Beasley Broadcast 

Group (“Beasley”) to exchange a CBS Radio station (WBZ FM) in Boston, Massachusetts for another station in the same 
market (WMJX FM) and cash proceeds of $12.0 million. 

Concurrently with entering into the asset exchange agreement, the Company entered into a TBA to operate WMJX FM 

and included net revenues and station operating expenses in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period 
from December 4, 2017, through December 19, 2017. 

The results of operations of WBZ FM from November 17, 2017, to December 18, 2017, are presented within 
discontinued operations as this station was originally owned by CBS Radio and was never a part of the Company’s continuing 
operations. Prior to the commencement of operations under the TBA, the Company contributed WBZ FM to a trust and the trust 
operated the station for a period of time. Refer to Note 21, Assets Held For Sale And Discontinued Operations, for additional 
information. 

In valuing the non-monetary assets that were part of the consideration transferred, the Company utilized the fair value 
as of the acquisition date, with any excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired reported as goodwill. The fair value 
of the acquired assets and liabilities was measured from the perspective of a market participant, applying the same methodology 
and types of assumptions as described above. Applying these methodologies requires significant judgment. 

72 

Summary of iHeart and Beasley Transactions by Radio Station 

iHeartMedia Transaction

Market 

Radio Stations 

Transactions 

TBA Commencement 
Date

Disposition or
Acquisition Date

Richmond, VA 

Chattanooga, TN 

Boston, MA 

Seattle, WA 

  WRVA AM 

  WRXL FM 

  WTVR FM 

  WBTJ FM 

  WRNL AM 

  WRVQ FM 

  WKXJ FM 

  WUSY FM 

  WRXR FM 

  WLND FM 

  WBZ AM 

  WZLX FM 

  WKAF FM 

  WRKO AM 

  KZOK FM 

  KJAQ FM 

  KFNQ AM 

Company acquired 
from iHeart 

December 4, 2017 

December 19, 2017 

Company acquired 
from iHeart 

December 4, 2017 

December 19, 2017 

Company divested to 
iHeart 

November 18, 2017 

December 19, 2017 

Company divested to 
iHeart 

Beasley Transaction

Not applicable 

Not Applicable 

November 18, 2017 

TBA Commencement 
Date

December 19, 2017 

Disposition or
Acquisition Date
  December 19, 2017
  December 19, 2017

Radio Stations 

Market 
Boston, MA 
Boston, MA 
Valuation of the iHeartMedia Transaction and The Beasley Transaction 

  WMJX FM 
  WBZ FM 

  Company acquired from Beasley December 4, 2017 
  Company divested to Beasley

Not Applicable 

Transactions 

As discussed above, the Company completed a partial non-monetary transaction with Beasley and a non-monetary 

transaction with iHeart to exchange several radio stations in certain markets. In valuing the non-monetary assets that were part 
of the consideration transferred, the Company utilized the fair value as of the date the assets were exchanged. The allocations 
presented in the table below are based upon management’s estimate of the fair values using valuation techniques including 
income, cost and market approaches. In estimating the fair value of the acquired FCC broadcasting licenses, the fair value 
estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and cash flows that assume an expected future growth rate of 
1.0% and an estimated discount rate of 9.0%. The gross profit margins utilized were considered appropriate based on 
management’s expectations and experience in equivalent sized markets. The Company determines the fair value of the 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
broadcasting licenses by relying on a discounted cash flow approach assuming a start-up scenario in which the only assets held 
by an investor are broadcasting licenses. The Company’s fair value analysis contains assumptions based on past experience, 
reflects expectations of industry observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry normalized 
information for an average station within a certain market. Any excess between the fair values of the net assets given up over 
the fair values of the net assets acquired was reported as goodwill. 

The following table reflects the final aggregate fair value purchase price allocation of these assets and liabilities 

assumed. 

Beasley Transaction

Assets 
Total property plant and equipment 
Total tangible assets 
Sports rights agreement 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Total intangible assets 
Additional cash consideration 
Total value 

Assets 
Total property plant and equipment 
Total tangible assets 
Acquired advertising contracts 
Advertiser relationships 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Total intangible assets 
Liabilities 
Unfavorable lease agreements assumed 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Total value 

iHeart Transaction

Assets 
Acquired 

  Assets Disposed 

(amounts in thousands)

667     $
667     
—     
35,944     
289     
36,233     
12,000     
48,900     $

807 
807 
267 
35,944 
11,882 
48,093 
— 
48,900 

Assets 
Acquired 

  Assets Disposed 

(amounts in thousands)

13,725     $
13,725     
265     
1,041     
50,621     
11,700     
63,627     

(1,301)    
(4,751)    
71,300     $

8,149 
8,149 
— 

— 
56,299 
6,852 
63,151 

— 
— 
71,300 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 Local Marketing Agreement: The Bonneville Transaction 

On November 1, 2017, the Company assigned assets to a trust and the trust subsequently entered into two local 

marketing agreements (“LMAs”) with Bonneville. The LMAs, which were effective upon the closing of the Merger, allowed 
Bonneville to operate eight radio stations in the San Francisco, California and Sacramento, California markets. Of the eight 
radio stations operated by Bonneville, three were originally owned by the Company and the remaining five were originally 
owned by CBS Radio. The Company conducted an analysis and determined the assets of the eight stations satisfied the criteria 
to be presented as assets held for sale. The stations which were acquired from CBS Radio and were never operated by the 
Company are included within discontinued operations. On August 2, 2018, the Company entered into an asset purchase 
agreement with Bonneville to dispose of the eight radio stations in the San Francisco, California and Sacramento, California 
markets for $141.0 million in cash. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company closed on this sale, which resulted 

74 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
in a loss of approximately $0.4 million to the Company. Refer to Note 21, Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, 
for additional information. 

2017 Charlotte Acquisition 

On January 6, 2017, the Company completed a transaction to acquire four radio stations in Charlotte, North Carolina 

from Beasley for a purchase price of $24 million in cash. The Company used cash on hand to fund the acquisition. On 
October 17, 2016, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement and a TBA with Beasley to operate three of the four 
radio stations that were held in a trust (the “Charlotte Trust”). On November 1, 2016, the Company commenced operations of 
the radio stations held in the Charlotte Trust and began operating the fourth station upon closing on the acquisition with Beasley 
in January 2017. 

During the period of the TBA, the Company included net revenues, station operating expenses and monthly TBA fees 

associated with operating these stations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

2017 Dispositions 

In October 2017, the Company divested three radio stations to EMF in order to facilitate the Merger. The Company 
disposed of equipment, radio broadcasting licenses, goodwill, and other assets across three of its markets for $57.8 million in 
cash. The Company reported a gain, net of expenses, of $2.5 million on the disposition of these assets. 

Merger and Acquisition Costs 

Merger and acquisition costs were expensed as a separate line item in the statement of operations. The Company 

records merger and acquisition costs whether or not an acquisition occurs. Merger and acquisition costs incurred consist 
primarily of legal, professional and advisory services related to the acquisition activities described above.  Based on the timing 
of the Merger, there was a significant reduction in merger and acquisition costs incurred in 2019. 

Restructuring Charges 

Restructuring charges were expensed as a separate line item in the statement of operations. The following table 

presents the components of restructuring charges. 

Costs to exit duplicative contracts 
Workforce reduction 
Other restructuring costs 
Transition services costs 

Total restructuring charges 

Restructuring Plan 

2019

Years Ended December 31 
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
229   $

—    $

6,171   
805   
—   
6,976    $

3,599  
2,002  
—  
5,830   $

2017

500 

10,441 
3,021 
2,960 
16,922 

$

$

During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company initiated a restructuring plan as a result of the integration of the CBS 
Radio stations acquired in November 2017. The restructuring plan included: (i) a workforce reduction and realignment charges 
that included one-time termination benefits and related costs; and (ii) costs associated with realigning radio stations within the 
overlap markets between CBS Radio and the Company. A portion of unpaid restructuring charges as of December 31, 2019, 
were included in accrued expenses as these expenses are expected to be paid in less than one year.  

In connection with the sale of a radio station and the consolidation of studio facilities in a few markets, the Company 
abandoned certain leases. The Company computed the present value of the remaining lease payments of the lease and recorded 
lease abandonment costs. These lease abandonment costs include future lease liabilities offset by estimated sublease income. 
Due to the timing of the lease expirations, the Company assumed there is minimal sublease income. The Company will 
continue to evaluate the opportunities to sublease this space and revise its sublease estimates accordingly. Any increase in the 
estimate of sublease income will be reflected through the income statement and such amount will also reduce the lease 
abandonment liability. The leases expire in 2022. 

75 

 
 
 
 
During 2016, the Company initiated a restructuring plan primarily as a result of the integration of radio stations 

acquired in July 2015. The restructuring plan included: (i) costs associated with exiting contractual vendor obligations as these 
obligations were duplicative; (ii) a workforce reduction and realignment charges that included one-time termination benefits 
and related costs; and (iii) lease abandonment costs as described below. A portion of unpaid restructuring charges as of 
December 31, 2019, were included in accrued expenses as these expenses are expected to be paid in less than one year. 

In connection with this acquisition, the Company assumed a studio lease in one of its markets that included excess 

space. During 2016, the Company ceased using a portion of the space after analyzing its future needs as well as comparing its 
space utilization in other of the Company’s markets. As a result, the Company recorded a lease abandonment expense during 
the fourth quarter of 2016. Lease abandonment costs include future lease liabilities offset by estimated sublease income. Due to 
the location of the space in an area of the city that is not considered prime, including a very high vacancy rate in the existing 
and neighboring building in a soft rental market that is expected to continue throughout the remaining term of the lease, the 
Company did not include an estimate to sublease any of the space. The Company will continue to evaluate the opportunities to 
sublease this space and revise its sublease estimates accordingly. Any increase in the estimate of sublease income will be 
reflected through the income statement and such amount will also reduce the lease abandonment liability. The lease expires in 
the year 2026. The lease liability is discounted using a credit risk adjusted basis utilizing the estimated rental cash flows over 
the remaining term of the agreement. 

Restructuring charges and lease abandonment costs, beginning balance
Additions resulting from the integration of CBS Radio
Restructuring charges assumed from the Merger 
Payments 
Restructuring charges and lease abandonment costs unpaid and outstanding
Restructuring charges and lease abandonment costs - noncurrent portion

Restructuring charges and lease abandonment costs - current portion

Integration Costs 

Years Ended December 31, 
2019 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

7,077   $
6,976  
—  
(9,802) 
4,251  
(1,483) 
2,768   $

16,086 
5,830 
— 
(14,839)
7,077 
(988)
6,089 

$

$

The Company incurred integration costs of $4.3 million and $25.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 
and December 31, 2018, respectively. Integration costs were expensed as a separate line item in the consolidated statements of 
operations. These costs primarily relate to change management consultants and technology-related costs incurred subsequent to 
the Merger. 

Unaudited Pro Forma Summary of Financial Information 

The following unaudited pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018, and 
December 31, 2017, assumes that: (i) the acquisitions in 2019 had occurred as of January 1, 2018; (ii) the acquisitions and 
certain dispositions in 2018 had occurred as of January 1, 2017; and (iii) the acquisitions and certain dispositions in 2017 had 
occurred as of January 1, 2016.  

Refer to information within this Note 3, Business Combinations, for a description of the Company’s acquisition and 

disposition activities. The unaudited pro forma information presented gives effect to certain adjustments, including: 
(i) depreciation and amortization of assets; (ii) change in the effective tax rate; (iii) merger and acquisition costs; and 
(iv) interest expense on any debt incurred to fund the acquisitions which would have been incurred had such acquisitions been 
consummated at an earlier time. 

This unaudited pro forma information has been prepared based on estimates and assumptions, which management 

believes are reasonable. These unaudited pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not 
purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made as of that date or results which may occur 
in the future. 

76 

 
 
 
Pro Forma

1,528,434 

2017

2019

Years Ended December 31
2018 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Pro Forma 
1,501,146     $
(360,085)    $
1,152     $
(358,933)    $
(358,933)    $

$
— $
$
$

(419,808)
(419,808)

(419,808)

$

374,135
836
374,971
372,956

Pro Forma

1,607,777 

$

$

$

$

$

$

(3.07)

— 

(3.07)

(3.07)

— 

(3.07)

136,967
136,967

(2.61)    $

0.01     $

(2.60)    $

(2.61)    $

0.01     $

(2.60)    $

2.67 

0.01 

2.66 

2.64 

0.01 

2.63 

138,070    
138,070    

140,298
141,790

Net revenues 
Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common  
share - basic 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common  
share - basic 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per  
common share - basic 
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common  
share - diluted 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common  
share - diluted 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per  
common share - diluted 
Weighted shares outstanding basic 
Weighted shares outstanding diluted 

REVENUE 
4. 
Nature Of Goods And Services 

$

$
$
$
$

$

$

$

$

$

$

The following is a description of principal activities from which the Company generates its revenue. 

The Company generates revenue from the sale to advertisers of various services and products, including but not 
limited to: (i) commercial broadcast time; (ii) digital advertising; (iii) promotional and sponsorship event revenue; (iv) e-
commerce revenue; and (v) trade and barter revenue. Services and products may be sold separately or in bundled packages. The 
typical length of a contract for service is less than 12 months. 

Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations under the terms of a contract with customers are satisfied. 

This typically occurs at the point in time that advertisements are broadcast, marketing services are provided, or as an event 
occurs. For commercial broadcast time and digital advertising, the Company recognizes revenue at the point in time when the 
advertisement is broadcast. For e-commerce revenue transactions, revenue is recognized as each third party sale is made and the 
advertisers’ good or service is transferred to the end customer. For trade and barter transactions, revenue is recognized at the 
point in time when the promotional advertising is aired. 

For bundled packages, the Company accounts for each product or performance obligation separately if they are 
distinct. A product or service is distinct if it is separately identifiable from other items in the bundled package and if a customer 
can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer. The consideration is allocated 
between separate products and services in a bundle based on their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are 
determined based on the prices at which the Company separately sells the commercial broadcast time, digital advertising, or 
digital product and marketing solutions. 

Broadcast Revenues 

Commercial broadcast time - The Company sells air-time to advertisers and broadcasts commercials at agreed upon dates and 
times. The Company’s performance obligations are broadcasting advertisements for advertisers at specifically identifiable days 
and dayparts. The amount of consideration the Company receives and revenue it recognizes is fixed based upon contractually 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agreed upon rates. The Company recognizes revenue at a point in time when the advertisements are broadcast and the 
performance obligations are satisfied. Revenues are recorded on a net basis, after the deduction of advertising agency fees by 
the advertising agencies. 

Digital advertising - The Company sells digital marketing services to advertisers. The Company’s performance obligations are 
providing broadcasting advertisements and integrated marketing services for advertisers. The Company recognizes revenue at a 
point in time when the advertisements are broadcast, the marketing services are provided and the performance obligations are 
satisfied. Revenues are recorded on a gross basis as the Company acts as a principal in these transactions. 

Event And Other Revenues 

Promotional and Sponsorship Event revenue - The Company provides promotional advertising to advertisers in exchange for 
cash proceeds from ticket sales. Performance obligations are broadcasting advertisements for advertisers’ events at specifically 
identifiable days and dayparts. The Company also sells sponsorships to advertisers at various local events. Performance 
obligations include providing advertising space at the Company’s event. The Company recognizes revenue at a point in time, as 
the event occurs. Revenues are recorded on a net basis when the Company is not the primary party hosting the event and acts as 
an agent in these transactions.  

E-Commerce revenue - The Company sells discount certificates to listeners on its websites. Listeners purchase goods and 
services from the advertiser at a discount to the fair value of the merchandise or service. Performance obligations include the 
promotion of advertisers’ discount offers on the Company’s website as well as revenue share payments to the advertiser. The 
Company records revenue on a net basis as it acts as an agent in these transactions. 

Trade And Barter Revenues 

Trade and barter – The Company provides advertising broadcast time in exchange for certain products, supplies, and services. 
The term of the exchanges generally permit the Company to preempt such broadcast time in favor of advertisers who purchase 
time on regular terms. Other than network barter programming, which is reflected on a net basis, the Company includes the 
value of such exchanges in both broadcasting net revenues and station operating expenses. Trade and barter value is based upon 
management’s estimate of the fair value of the products, supplies and services received. 

Contract Balances 

Refer to the table below for information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with 

customers. Accounts receivable balances in the table below exclude other receivables that are not generated from contracts with 
customers. These amounts are $5.1 million and $11.8 million as of December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, respectively. 

Description 

Receivables, included in “Accounts receivable net of allowance for doubtful  

accounts” 

Unearned revenue - current 
Unearned revenue - noncurrent 

Changes in Contract Balances 

December 31,

2019 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

$ 

376,504   $
9,894   
2,113   

330,983 

22,692 
1,138 

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled 
receivables, and customer advances and deposits (unearned revenue) on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. At times, 
however, the Company receives advance payments or deposits from its customers before revenue is recognized, resulting in 
contract liabilities. The contract liabilities primarily relate to the advance consideration received from customers on certain 
contracts. For these contracts, revenue is recognized in a manner that is consistent with the satisfaction of the underlying 
performance obligations. The contract liabilities are reported on the consolidated balance sheet on a contract-by-contract basis 
at the end of each respective reporting period within the other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities line items. 

78 

 
 
Significant changes in the contract liabilities balances during the period are as follows: 

Description 

Beginning balance on January 1, 2019 
Revenue recognized during the period that was included in the  

beginning balance of contract liabilities 
Additional amounts recognized during period 
Ending balance 

Disaggregation of revenue 

The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by revenue source: 

Year Ended 
December 31,
2019 
Unearned 
Revenue 
(amounts in 
thousands) 
23,830 

(23,830)
12,007 
12,007 

$

$

Revenue by Source 
Broadcast revenues 
Event and other revenues 
Trade and barter revenues 
Net revenues 

Performance obligations 

Years Ended 
December 31, 
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
$ 1,360,092    $  1,327,803   $

2019

112,924   
16,913   

115,399   
19,365   

$ 1,489,929    $  1,462,567   $

2017

530,553 
51,434 
10,897 
592,884 

A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and is recognized as revenue when 
the performance obligation is satisfied. Some of the Company’s contracts have one performance obligation which requires no 
allocation. For other contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to 
each performance obligation using its best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the 
contract. 

The Company’s performance obligations are primarily satisfied at a point in time and revenue is recognized when an 
advertisement is aired and the customer has received the benefits of advertising.  In rare instances, the Company will enter into 
contracts when performance obligations are satisfied over a period of time.  In these instances, inputs are expended evenly 
throughout the performance period and the Company recognizes revenue on a straight line basis over the life of the contract.  
Contract lives are typically less than 12 months. 

Practical expedients 

As a practical expedient, when the period of time between when the Company transfers a promised good or service to 

a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less, the Company will not adjust the 
promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component. 

The Company elected to apply the practical expedient which allows it to not disclose information about remaining 

performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less. The Company has contracts with customers 
which will result in the recognition of revenue beyond one year. From these contracts, the Company expects to recognize $2.1 
million of revenue in excess of one year. 

The Company also elected to apply the practical expedient which allows it to not disclose the amount of the 

transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations and an explanation of when the Company expects to 
recognize that amount as revenue for all reporting periods presented before January 1, 2018. 

The Company elected to apply the practical expedient which allows the Company to recognize the incremental costs of 

obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would 
have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in station operating expenses on the consolidated statements of 
operations. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant judgments 

For performance obligations satisfied at a point in time, the Company does not estimate when a customer obtains 

control of the promised goods or services. Rather, the Company recognizes revenues at the point in time in which performance 
obligations are satisfied. 

The Company records a provision against revenues for estimated sales adjustments when information indicates 

allowances are required. Refer to Note 5, Accounts Receivable And Related Allowance For Doubtful Accounts And Sales 
Reserves, for additional information. 

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each 
performance obligation using its best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. 

For all revenue streams with the exception of barter revenues, the transaction price is contractually determined. 

Accordingly, no estimates are required and there is no variable consideration. For trade and barter revenues, the Company 
estimates the consideration by estimating the fair value of the goods and services received. 

Net revenues from network barter programming are recorded on a net basis. The adoption of the amended accounting 

guidance for revenue recognition had no impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets, 
statements of shareholders’ equity, or statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

5. 
RESERVES 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND RELATED ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS AND SALES 

Accounts receivable are primarily attributable to advertising which has been provided and for which payment has not 
been received from the advertiser. Accounts receivable are net of agency commissions and an estimated allowance for doubtful 
accounts and sales reserves. Estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts and sales reserves are recorded based on 
management’s judgment of the collectability of the accounts receivable based on historical information, relative improvements 
or deterioration in the age of the accounts receivable and changes in current economic conditions. 

The accounts receivable balances, and the allowance for doubtful accounts and sales reserves, are presented in the 

following table: 

Net Accounts Receivable
December 31,

Accounts receivable 
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales reserve

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and sales reserves

$ 

$ 

2018

2019 
(amounts in thousands)
396,427   $
(17,515)  
378,912   $

359,456 
(16,690)
342,766 

See the table in Note 9, Other Current Liabilities, for accounts receivable credits outstanding as of the periods 

indicated. 

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts: 

Changes In Allowance For Doubtful Accounts

Year Ended 

Balance At 
Beginning 
Of Year 

Additions
Charged To 
Costs And 
Expenses

Deductions 
From 
Reserves 

Balance At 
End Of 
Year 

December 31, 2019 $
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017

$

9,419
3,885 
2,137 

4,549 
8,909 
3,715 

(5,703)  $
(3,375) 
(1,967) 

8,265 
9,419 
3,885 

(amounts in thousands) 
$

In the course of arriving at practical business solutions to various claims arising from the sale to advertisers of various 

services and products, the Company estimates sales allowances. The Company records a provision against revenue for 
estimated sales adjustments in the same period the related revenues are recorded or when current information indicates 
additional allowances are required. These estimates are based on the Company’s historical experience, specific customer 
information and current economic conditions. If the historical data utilized does not reflect management’s expected future 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
performance, a change in the allowance is recorded in the period such determination is made. The balance of sales reserves is 
reflected in the accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

The following table presents the changes in the sales reserves: 

Changes in Allowance for Sales Reserves

Year Ended 

Balance At
Beginning 
Of Year

Additions
Charged To 
Revenues

Deductions 
From 
Reserves 

Balance At
End Of 
Year

December 31, 2019 $
December 31, 2018 $
December 31, 2017 $

7,271

$

390

$
— $

(amounts in thousands) 
$
11,394 

14,254 
390 

$
 $

(9,415)  $
(7,373)  $
—   $

9,250 

7,271 
390 

6. 

LEASES 

Leasing Guidance 

As discussed above, the accounting guidance for leases was modified to increase transparency and comparability among 
organizations  by  requiring  the  recognition  of  ROU  assets  and  lease  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet.  Except  for  the  changes 
described  below,  the  Company  has  consistently  applied  its  accounting  policies  to  all  periods  presented  in  these  consolidated 
financial statements. 

Results for the periods beginning after January 1, 2019, are presented under the amended accounting guidance, while prior 
period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic accounting guidance. 
Based upon the Company’s assessment, the impact of this guidance had a material impact on the Company’s financial position 
and the impact to the Company’s results of operations and cash flows through December 31, 2019, was not material. 

The  Company  recognizes  the  assets  and  liabilities  that  arise  from  leases  on  the  commencement  date  of  the  lease.  The 
Company recognizes the liability to make lease payments as a lease liability as well as an ROU asset representing the right to 
use the underlying asset for the lease term, on the consolidated balance sheet. 

Leasing Transactions 

The  Company’s  leased  assets  primarily  include  real  estate,  broadcasting  towers  and  equipment.  The  Company’s  leases 
have remaining lease terms of less than 1 year up to 30 years, some of which include one or more options to extend the leases, 
with renewal terms up to fifteen years and some of which include options to terminate the leases within the next year. Many of 
the  Company’s  leases  include  options  to  extend  the  terms  of  the  agreements.  Generally,  renewal  options  are  excluded  when 
calculating the lease liabilities, as the Company does not consider the exercise of such options to be reasonably certain. Unless 
a renewal option is considered reasonably assured, the optional terms and related payments are not included within the lease 
liability.  The  Company’s  lease  agreements  do  not  contain  any  material  residual  value  guarantees  or  material  restrictive 
covenants. 

The  Company’s  operating  leases  are  reflected  on  the  Company’s  balance  sheet  within  the  Operating  lease  right-of-use 
assets  line  item  and  the  related  current  and  non-current  liabilities  are  included  within  the  Operating  lease  liabilities  and 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion line items, respectively. ROU assets represent the right to use an underlying 
asset  for  the  lease  term,  and  lease  liabilities  represent  the  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  leases.  Operating 
lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based upon the present value of lease payments over the 
respective lease term. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

As  the rate  implicit  in  the  lease  is  not  readily  determinable  for  the  Company’s  operating  leases,  the Company  generally 
uses an incremental borrowing rate based upon information available at the commencement date to determine the present value 
of future lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate is the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow 
on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. In order 
to  measure  the  operating  lease  liability  and determine  the present value of  lease  payments,  the  Company  estimated  what  the 
incremental borrowing rate was for each lease using an applicable treasury rate compatible to the remaining life of the lease and 
the applicable margin for the Company’s Revolver. 

81 

 
 
In determining whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception of a contract, the Company considers all relevant facts 
and circumstances, including whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time 
in  exchange  for  consideration.  This  consideration  involves  judgment  with  respect  to  whether  the  Company  has  the  right  to 
obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the identified asset and whether the Company has the right to 
direct the use of the identified asset. 

On January 1, 2019, the Company implemented the new leasing guidance using a modified retrospective approach with a 
cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  its  accumulated  deficit  of  $4.7  million,  net  of  taxes  of  $1.7  million.  This  adjustment  was 
attributable to the recognition of deferred gains from sale and leaseback transactions under the previous accounting guidance 
for leases. 

Practical Expedients 

The Company elected the practical expedient which allows it to: (i) apply the new lease requirements at the effective date 
and recognize a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption; (ii) continue 
to report comparative periods presented in the financial statements in the period of adoption under the former U.S. GAAP; and 
(iii) provide the required disclosures under former U.S. GAAP for all periods presented under former U.S. GAAP. 

The Company elected the package of practical expedients, which were applied consistently to all of its leases, and enable it 
to  not  reassess:  (i)  whether  any  expired  or  existing  contracts  contain  leases;  (ii)  the  lease  classification  for  any  expired  or 
existing leases; and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. 

As  a  practical  expedient,  the  Company  may  choose  not  to  separate  nonlease  components  from  lease  components  as  an 
accounting  policy  election  by  class  of  underlying  asset.  The  Company  elected  this  practical  expedient  by  all  classes  of 
underlying assets in instances where leases contain common area maintenance. In certain leases, the right to control the use of 
an  asset  that  meets  the  lease  criteria  is  combined  with  the  related  common  area  maintenance  services  provided  under  the 
contract into a single lease component. 

As an accounting policy election, the Company elected not to apply the recognition requirements to short-term leases for 
all underlying classes of assets. For these leases which have a term of twelve months or less at lease inception, the Company 
will recognize the lease payments in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term and variable lease payments in the 
period in which the obligation for these payments is incurred. 

Lease Expense 

The components of lease expense were as follows: 

Lease Cost 

Operating lease cost 
Variable lease cost 
Short-term lease cost 
Total lease cost 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2019 
(amounts in 
thousands)

  $

  $

50,169 

9,691 
182 
60,042 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Cash Flow 

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows: 

Description 

Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash flows from operating leases 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations 
Operating leases (1) 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2019 
(amounts in 
thousands)

  $

  $

52,056 

315,377 

(1) 
amended leasing guidance, as well as new leases entered into during the year ended December 31, 2019. 

ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations include transition liabilities upon implementation of the 

Balance Sheet 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows: 

Description 

Operating Leases 
Operating leases right-of-use assets 

Operating lease liabilities (current) 
Operating lease liabilities (noncurrent) 
Total operating lease liabilities 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term 
Operating leases 

Weighted Average Discount Rate 
Operating leases 

December 31,
2019 
(amounts in 
thousands)

  $

  $

  $

259,613 

35,335 
253,346 
288,681 

8 years

4.9 %

83 

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Maturities 

The aggregate maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities are as follows: 

Lease 
Maturities
Operating 
Leases
(amounts in 
thousands)

49,298 
49,550 
44,250 
40,549 
37,284 
134,071 
355,002 
(66,321)
288,681 

Years ending Years ending December 31:  
2020  $
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 

$

$

Thereafter 
Total lease payments 
Less: imputed interest 
Total 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has not entered into any leases that have not yet commenced. 

The  aggregate  maturities  of  the  Company’s  lease  liabilities  as  of  December  31,  2018,  which  were  based  on  the  former 

accounting guidance for leases, were as follows: 

Lease 
Maturities
Operating 
Leases
(amounts in 
thousands)

51,375 
50,504 
46,847 
41,457 
38,230 
165,905 
394,318 

Years ending Years ending December 31:  
2020  $
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 

$

Thereafter 
Total lease payments 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL 

7. 
(A) Indefinite-Lived Intangibles 

Goodwill and certain intangible assets are not amortized for book purposes. They may be, however, amortized for tax 

purposes. The Company accounts for its acquired broadcasting licenses as indefinite-lived intangible assets and, similar to 
goodwill, these assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment. At the time of each review, if the fair value is less than the 
carrying value of the reporting unit, then a charge is recorded to the results of operations. 

The annual impairment assessment conducted during the fourth quarter of the current year indicated: (i) that the fair 

value of the Company's broadcasting licenses exceeded their respective carrying amounts; and (ii) the fair value of the 
Company's goodwill was less than its carrying value.  Accordingly, the Company recorded a $537.4 million impairment charge 
($519.6 million, net of tax) on its goodwill during the fourth quarter of 2019.   

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company historically performed its annual broadcasting license and goodwill impairment test during the second 

quarter of each year.  During the second quarter of 2019, however, the Company voluntarily changed the date of its annual 
broadcasting license and goodwill impairment test date from April 1 to December 1.  The change was made to more closely 
align the impairment testing date with the Company's long-term planning and forecasting process.  The Company determined 
this change in method of applying an accounting principle is preferable and does not result in adjustments to its financial 
statements when applied retrospectively. 

The change in the annual impairment testing date did not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. 

In evaluating whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that an interim impairment assessment is required, 

management considers several factors in determining whether it is more likely than not that the carrying value of the 
Company’s broadcasting licenses or goodwill exceeds the fair value of the Company’s broadcasting licenses or goodwill. The 
qualitative analysis considers: (i) macroeconomic conditions such as deterioration in general economic conditions, limitations 
on accessing capital, or other developments in equity and credit markets; (ii) industry and market considerations such as 
deterioration in the environment in which the Company operates, an increased competitive environment, a change in the market 
for the Company’s products or services, or a regulatory or political development; (iii) cost factors such as increases in labor or 
other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; (iv) overall financial performance such as negative or 
declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of 
relevant prior periods; (v) other relevant entity-specific events such as changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or 
customers, bankruptcy, or litigation; (vi) events affecting a reporting unit such as a change in the composition or carrying 
amount of the Company’s net assets; and (vii) a sustained decrease in the Company’s share price. 

The Company evaluates the significance of identified events and circumstances on the basis of the weight of evidence 

along with how they could affect the relationship between the carrying value of the Company’s broadcasting licenses and 
goodwill and their respective fair value amounts, including positive mitigating events and circumstances. 

There were material changes in the carrying value of broadcasting licenses and goodwill during the year ended 

December 31, 2019, primarily as a result of: (i) the impairment recorded in the fourth quarter of 2019; and (ii) acquisition and 
disposition activities described further in Note 3, Business Combinations. 

The Company may only write down the carrying value of its indefinite-lived intangibles. The Company is not 

permitted to increase the carrying value if the fair value of these assets subsequently increases. 

The following table presents the changes in the carrying value of broadcasting licenses: 

Broadcasting Licenses 
Carrying Amount

December 31, 
December 31,
2018 
2019 
(amounts in thousands)
$  2,516,625   $ 2,649,959
(24,901)
40,131 
(148,564)
— 
$  2,508,121   $ 2,516,625

(17,940) 
19,576  
—  
(10,140) 

Goodwill Carrying Amount

December 31, 
December 31,
2018 
2019 
(amounts in thousands)
982,663   $
(443,194) 

988,056 
(126,056)

$

539,469  

862,000 

Broadcasting licenses balance as of January 1, 

Disposition of radio stations (see Notes 3, 21) 
Acquisitions (see Note 3) 
Loss on impairment 

       Assets held for sale (see Note 21) 
Ending period balance 

The following table presents the changes in goodwill. 

Goodwill balance before cumulative loss on impairment as of January 1,
Accumulated loss on impairment as of January 1,
Goodwill beginning balance after cumulative loss on impairment as of  

January 1, 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
        Loss on impairment 
        Dispositions (see Note 3) 
        Acquisitions (see Note 3) 
        Measurement period adjustments to acquired goodwill 
Ending period balance 
Goodwill balance before cumulative loss on impairment as of December 31,
Accumulated loss on impairment as of December 31, 
Goodwill ending balance as of December 31, 

Broadcasting Licenses Impairment Test 

(537,353) 
(4,862) 
46,666  
—  
43,920   $
$ 1,024,467   $
(980,547) 

$

$

43,920   $

(317,138)
(8,623)
24,728 
(21,498)
539,469 

982,663
(443,194)
539,469 

The annual impairment assessment conducted during the second quarter of 2018 indicated that the fair value of the 

Company's broadcasting licenses exceeded their respective carrying amount.  Accordingly, no impairment charge was recorded.   

The Company historically performed its annual broadcasting license impairment test during the second quarter of each 

year by evaluating its broadcasting licenses for impairment at the market level using the Greenfield method.  Historically, the 
Company evaluated its broadcast licenses annually for impairment during the second quarter each year.  Subsequent to the 
annual impairment test conducted during the second quarter of 2018, the Company continued to monitor the impairment 
indicators listed above and determined that a sustained decrease in the Company's share price required the Company to conduct 
an interim impairment assessment on its broadcasting licenses. Due to changes in facts and circumstances, the Company revised 
its estimates with respect to its estimated operating profit margins and long-term revenue growth rates used in the impairment 
assessment. As a result of the Company's interim impairment assessment conducted in the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company 
recorded a $147.9 million impairment ($108.8 million, net of tax) on its broadcasting licenses. The interim impairment 
assessment conducted on its broadcasting licenses in the fourth quarter of 2018 followed the same methodology used in the 
annual impairment assessment conducted in the second quarter of 2018. 

During the second quarter of 2019, however, the Company voluntarily changed the date of its annual broadcasting 

license impairment test date from April 1 to December 1.  In response to the changing of the annual broadcasting license 
impairment test date, during the three months ended June 30, 2019, the Company made an evaluation based on factors such as 
each market's total market share and changes in operating cash flow margins, and concluded that it was more likely than not 
that the fair value of each market's broadcasting licenses exceeded their carrying values at the time of the change in impairment 
test date.  The change in the annual impairment testing date did not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge.  

During the fourth quarter of the current year, the Company completed its annual impairment test for broadcasting 
licenses and determined that the fair value of its broadcasting licenses was greater than the amount reflected in the balance 
sheet for each of the Company’s markets and, accordingly, no impairment was recorded. 

All of the Company’s broadcasting licenses were subject to the annual impairment test conducted in the fourth quarter 

of the current year.  

Methodology 

The Company performs its broadcasting license impairment test by using the Greenfield method at the market level.  

Each market’s broadcasting licenses are combined into a single unit of accounting for purposes of testing impairment, as the 
broadcasting licenses in each market are operated as a single asset. The broadcasting licenses are assessed for recoverability at 
the market level.  Potential impairment is identified by comparing the fair value of a market's broadcasting licenses to its 
carrying value.  The Company determines the fair value of the broadcasting licenses in each of its markets by using the 
Greenfield method at the market level, which is a discounted cash flow approach (a 10-year income model) assuming a start-up 
scenario in which the only assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. The Company’s fair value analysis contains 
assumptions based upon past experience, reflects expectations of industry observers and includes judgments about future 
performance using industry normalized information for an average station within a certain market. The cash flow projections 
for the broadcasting licenses include significant judgments and assumptions relating to the market share and profit margin of an 
average station within a market based upon market size and station type, the forecasted growth rate of each radio market 
(including long-term growth rate) and the discount rate.  Changes in the Company's estimates of the fair value of these assets 
could result in material future period write-downs of the carrying value of the Company's broadcasting licenses. 

The methodology used by the Company in determining its key estimates and assumptions was applied consistently to 

each market. The Company believes that the assumptions identified above are the most important and sensitive in the 
determination of fair value. 

86 

Assumptions and Results – Broadcasting Licenses 

The following table reflects the estimates and assumptions used in the interim and annual broadcasting licenses 

impairment assessments of each year. 

Discount rate 
Operating profit margin ranges expected 
for average stations in the markets where 
the Company operates 

Forecasted growth rate (including long-
term growth rate) range of the Company's 
markets

Fourth 
Quarter 
2019 

Estimates And Assumptions 
Second 
Quarter 
2018 

Second 
Quarter 
2017 

Fourth 
Quarter 
2018 

Second 
Quarter 
2016 

8.50 %

9.00 %

9.00 %

9.25  %

9.5 %

18% to 36% 22% to 37%

22% to 37%

19% to 40%

14% to 40%

0.0% to 0.8% 0.0% to 0.9% 0.5% to 1.0% 1.0% to 2.0% 

1.0% to 2.0%

The Company has made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of its broadcasting licenses. 

These estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results. 

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or the Company, or if events occur 

or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of the Company’s broadcasting licenses below the amount reflected in 
the balance sheet, the Company may be required to conduct an interim test and possibly recognize impairment charges, which 
may be material, in future periods. 

Goodwill Impairment Test 

The Company historically performed its annual goodwill impairment test during the second quarter of each year by 

assessing goodwill for its single reporting unit on a consolidated basis. 

In prior years, the Company determined that each individual radio market was a reporting unit and the Company 

assessed goodwill in each of the Company’s markets. Under the amended guidance, if the fair value of any reporting unit was 
less than the amount reflected on the balance sheet, the Company would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by 
which the carrying amount exceeded the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized would not exceed the total amount of 
goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. 

As a result of the change to a single operating segment in 2018, the Company reassessed its reporting unit 
determination in 2018. Following the Company’s Merger with CBS Radio in November 2017, the Company’s radio 
broadcasting operations increased from 28 radio markets to 48 radio markets. Each market was a component one level beneath 
the single operating segment. Since each market was economically similar, all 48 markets were aggregated into a single 
reporting unit for the goodwill impairment assessment conducted in 2018. 

In response to the realignment in the Company’s operating segments and reporting units, the Company considered 

whether the event represented a triggering event for interim goodwill impairment testing. During the three months ended 
June 30, 2018, and prior to conducting the prior year annual impairment testing described below, the Company made an 
evaluation, based on factors such as each reporting unit’s total market share and changes in operating cash flow margins, and 
concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units exceeded their carrying 
values at the time of the realignment. 

The annual impairment assessment conducted during the second quarter of 2018 indicated that the fair value of the 

Company's goodwill exceeded its carrying value.  Accordingly, no impairment charge was recorded.   

Subsequent to the annual impairment test conducted during the second quarter of 2018, the Company continued to 

monitor the impairment indicators listed above and determined that a sustained decrease in the Company's share price required 
the Company to conduct an interim impairment assessment on its goodwill. Due to changes in facts and circumstances, the 
Company revised its estimates with respect to its estimated operating profit margins and long-term revenue growth rates used in 
the impairment assessment. As a result of its interim impairment assessment conducted in the fourth quarter of 2018, the 
Company recorded a $317.1 million impairment ($314.4 million, net of tax) on its goodwill. The interim impairment 
assessment conducted on its goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2018 followed the same methodology used in the annual 
impairment assessment conducted in the second quarter of 2018. 

87 

 
 
 
During the second quarter of 2019, however, the Company voluntarily changed the date of its annual goodwill 

impairment test date from April 1 to December 1.  In response to the changing of the annual goodwill impairment test date, 
during the three months ended June 30, 2019, the Company made an evaluation based on factors such as changes in the 
Company's long-term growth rate, changes in the Company's operating cash flow margin, and trends in the Company's market 
capitalization, and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Company's goodwill exceeded its 
carrying value at the time of the change in impairment test date.  The change in the annual impairment testing date did not 
delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. 

During the three months ended September 30, 2019, the Company considered key factors and circumstances that could 

have potentially indicated a need to conduct an interim impairment assessment.  Such factors and circumstances included, but 
were not limited to: (i) forecasted financial information; (ii) discount rates; (iii) long-term growth rates; (iv) the Company's 
stock price; and (v) analyst expectations.   After giving consideration to all available evidence arising from these facts and 
circumstances, the Company concluded that it did not have a requirement to perform an interim impairment test for goodwill.   

As a result of disposition activity in 2019, the Company now operates in 47 radio markets.  Each market is a 

component one level beneath the single operating segment.  Since each market is economically similar, all 47 markets were 
aggregated into a single broadcast reporting unit for the current year goodwill impairment assessment.  As a result of the 
acquisition of Pineapple and Cadence 13 in 2019, the Company significantly increased its podcasting operations.  Cadence 13 
and Pineapple represent a single podcasting division one level beneath the single operating segment.  Since the operations are 
economically similar, Cadence 13 and Pineapple were aggregated into a single podcasting reporting unit.   

All of the Company's goodwill was subject to the annual impairment test conducted in the fourth quarter of the current 
year.  For the goodwill acquired in the Cadence 13 Acquisition and the Pineapple Acquisition, similar valuation techniques that 
were applied in the valuation of goodwill under purchase price accounting were also used in the annual impairment testing 
process.  The valuation of the acquired goodwill approximated fair value.  

Methodology 

In connection with the Company’s current year annual, prior year annual and prior year interim impairment goodwill 

impairment assessment, the Company used an income approach in computing the fair value of the Company. This approach 
utilized a discounted cash flow method by projecting the Company’s income over a specified time and capitalizing at an 
appropriate market rate to arrive at an indication of the most probable selling price. Potential impairment is identified by 
comparing the fair value of the Company's reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill.  Cash flow projections for 
the reporting unit include significant judgments and assumptions relating to projected operating profit margin (including 
revenue and expense growth rates) and the discount rate.  Management believes that this approach is commonly used and is an 
appropriate methodology for valuing the Company. Factors contributing to the determination of the Company’s operating 
performance were historical performance and/or management’s estimates of future performance. 

88 

The Assumptions And Results - Goodwill 

The following table reflects the estimates and assumptions used in the interim and annual goodwill impairment 

assessments of each year: 

Discount rate 

Fourth 
Quarter 
2019 

Estimates And Assumptions 
Second 
Quarter 
2018 

Second 
Quarter 
2017 

Fourth 
Quarter 
2018 

Second 
Quarter 
2016 

8.50 %

9.00 %

9.00 %

9.25 %  

9.5 %

The annual impairment assessment conducted during the fourth quarter of the current year indicated that the fair value 

of the Company's goodwill was less than its carrying value.   

All of the Company's goodwill at the broadcast reporting unit was subject to the annual impairment test conducted in 
the fourth quarter of the current year.  The annual impairment assessment indicated the fair value of the Company's goodwill 
attributable to the broadcast reporting unit was less than its carrying value.  Accordingly, the Company recorded a $537.4 
million impairment charge ($519.6 million, net of tax) on its goodwill during the fourth quarter of 2019.   

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or the Company, or if events occur 

or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of the Company’s goodwill below the amount reflected in the balance 
sheet, the Company may be required to conduct an interim test and possibly recognize impairment charges, which could be 
material, in future periods. 

(B) Definite-Lived Intangibles 

The Company has definite-lived intangible assets that consist of advertiser lists and customer relationships, and 

acquired advertising contracts. These assets are amortized over the period for which the assets are expected to contribute to the 
Company’s future cash flows and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company reviewed the carrying value and 
the useful lives of these assets and determined they were appropriate. 

See Note 8, Other Assets, for: (i) a listing of the assets comprising definite-lived assets, which are included in other 

assets on the balance sheets; (ii) the amount of amortization expense for definite-lived assets; and (iii) the Company’s estimate 
of amortization expense for definite-lived assets in future periods. 

89 

 
 
 
 
8. 

OTHER ASSETS 
Other assets consist of the following: 

2019 
Accumulated
Amortization

Asset 

Other Assets
December 31,

Asset 
Net 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

Accumulated
Amortization

Net 

Period Of 
Amortization 

Deferred contracts 
Leasehold premium 
Advertiser lists and 
customer relationships 
Other definite-lived 
assets 

Total definite-lived 
intangibles 
Debt issuance costs 
Prepaid assets - long-
term 
Software costs and 
other 

$  1,362      $

—     

$

1,213 
— 

149 
—

$

1,588 
17,028

$

$

1,390 
2,440

198     Term of contract
14,588     Term of contract

29,281     

15,108     

45,751     
2,466     

2,983     

15,399 

13,882

29,332

10,780

18,552    

3 to 5 years

7,588 

7,520

7,600

6,601

999     Term of contract 

24,200 
97 

21,551
2,369

55,548
619

21,211
52

34,337     

567     Term of debt

— 

2,983

4,259

—

4,259     

27,876     
$  79,076      $

11,594 
35,891 

16,282
$ 43,185 

24,589
$ 85,015 

$

7,555
28,818 

17,034     
$ 56,197     

The following table presents the various categories of amortization expense, including deferred financing costs which 

are reflected as interest expense: 

Definite-lived assets 
Deferred financing expense 
Software costs 
Total 

$

$

2019

Amortization Expense
Other Assets 
For The Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
12,132   $
3,189  
3,447  
18,768   $

7,140    $
4,866   
6,325   
18,331    $

2017

1,240 
2,333 
1,091 
4,664 

The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense, for each of the five succeeding years 

for: (1) other assets; and (2) definite-lived assets: 

Future Amortization Expense

Other 
(amounts in thousands)
7,930   $
5,455  
2,144  
400  
399  
—  
16,328   $

14,973    $ 
12,379   
7,920   
415   
399   
—   
36,086    $ 

Definite-Lived
Assets

7,043
6,924 
5,776 
15 
— 
— 
19,758

Years ending December 31,

Total 

2020 $
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter

Total $

90 

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. 

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 
Other current liabilities consist of the following as of the periods indicated: 

Other Current Liabilities

December 31,

Accrued compensation 
Accounts receivable credits 
Advertiser obligations 
Accrued interest payable 
Unearned revenue 
Unfavorable lease liabilities 
Unfavorable sports liabilities 
Accrued benefits 
Non-income tax liabilities 
Income taxes payable 
Other 
Total other current liabilities 

$ 

$ 

2018

2019 
(amounts in thousands)
28,871   $
3,798  
4,095  
9,882  
9,894  
—  
4,634  
6,321  
1,685  
3,925  
3,732  
76,837   $

31,192 
5,743 
4,190 
6,007 
22,692 
2,852 
4,634 
8,646 
6,748 
10,558 
15,176 
118,438 

During the third quarter of 2018, the Company disposed of certain property that the Company considered as surplus to 
its operations and that resulted in significant gains reportable for tax purposes. The income taxes payable generated from these 
gains and losses are included within the current portion of income taxes payable in the schedule above. Upon the successful 
completion of a like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code, a portion of the income taxes payable generated from these 
gains were reclassified to a deferred tax liability. Refer to Note 22, Contingencies And Commitments, for additional 
information. 

10. 

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES 

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following as of the periods indicated: 

Other Long-Term Liabilities

December 31,

2018

2019 
(amounts in thousands)
33,229    $
—  
13,001  
2,113  
—  
3,186  
51,529    $

30,928 
9,367 
17,633 
1,138 
17,671 
12,431 
89,168 

Deferred compensation 
Unfavorable lease liabilities 
Unfavorable sports liabilities 
Unearned revenue 
Deferred rent liabilities 
Other 
Total other long-term liabilities 

$

$

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. 

LONG-TERM DEBT 

Long-term debt was comprised of the following as of December 31, 2019: 

Credit Facility 
Revolver 
Term B-1 Loan, due November 17, 2024 
Term B-2 Loan, due November 17, 2024 
Plus unamortized premium 

Senior Notes 

7.250% senior unsecured notes, due October 17, 2024 
Plus unamortized premium 

Notes 

6.500% notes, due May 1, 2027 
Plus unamortized premium 

Other Debt 
Other 

Total debt before deferred financing costs 
Current amount of long-term debt 
Deferred financing costs (excludes the revolving credit) 

Total long-term debt, net of current debt 
Outstanding standby letters of credit 

Long-Term Debt

December 31,

2019 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

$

117,000   $
—  
770,000  
1,968  
888,968  

180,000
1,291,700 
— 
2,470 
1,474,170 

400,000  
11,732  
411,732  

425,000  
5,000  
430,000  

400,000 
14,158 
414,158 

— 
— 
— 

912 
1,889,240 

873  
1,731,573  
(16,377) 
(18,082) 

— 
(17,037)
$ 1,697,114   $ 1,872,203
5,862
$

5,862   $

(A) Senior Debt 
Refinancing – CBS Radio (Now Entercom Media Corp.) Indebtedness 

In connection with the Merger, the Company assumed CBS Radio’s (now Entercom Media Corp.'s) indebtedness 

outstanding under: (i) a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) among CBS Radio (now Entercom Media Corp.), the 
guarantors named therein, the lenders named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; and (ii) the 
senior notes (described below). 

On March 3, 2017, CBS Radio (now Entercom Media Corp.) entered into an amendment to the Credit Facility, to, 
among other things, create a tranche of Term B-1 Loans (the “Term B-1Tranche”) in an aggregate principal amount not to 
exceed $500 million. The Term B-1Tranche was governed by the Credit Facility and was scheduled to mature on November 17, 
2024. 

Immediately prior to the Merger, the Credit Facility was comprised of a revolving credit facility and a term B loan. On 

the closing date of the Merger and the refinancing, the term B loan was converted into the Term B-1Tranche and both were 
simultaneously refinanced (“Term B-1 Loan”). 

As a result of the refinancing activities described above, in the fourth quarter of 2017: (i) the Company refinanced its 

then-outstanding indebtedness; (ii) fully redeemed its outstanding perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock 
("Preferred"); (iii) wrote off $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs; and (iv) recorded a loss on the 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
extinguishment of debt of $4.1 million. The loss included the write off of deferred financing expense, a loss on the early 
retirement of the Preferred, and certain fees paid to lenders in connection with the refinancing activities. 

2019 Refinancing Activities - The Notes 

During the second quarter of 2019, the Company and its finance subsidiary, Entercom Media Corp., issued 
$325.0 million in aggregate principal amount of senior secured second-lien notes due 2027 (the "Notes") under an Indenture 
dated as of April 30, 2019 (the "Base Indenture"). 

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 6.500% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and 

November 1 of each year.  Until May 1, 2022, only a portion of the Notes may be redeemed at a price of 106.500% of their 
principal amount plus accrued interest.  On or after May 1, 2022, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at a price of 
104.875% of their principal amount plus accrued interest.  The prepayment premium continues to decrease over time to 100% 
of their principal amount plus accrued interest.  

The Company used net proceeds of the offering, along with cash on hand and $89.0 million borrowed under its 

Revolver, to repay $425.0 million of existing indebtedness under the Company's Term B-1 Loan. 

In connection with this refinancing activity described above, during the second quarter of 2019, the Company: (i) 

wrote off $1.6 million of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Term B-1 Loan; (ii) wrote off $0.2 million of 
unamortized premium associated with the Term B-1 Loan; and (iii) recorded $3.9 million of new deferred financing costs 
which will be amortized over the term of the Notes under the effective interest rate method. 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company and its finance subsidiary, Entercom Media Corp., issued 

$100.0 million of additional 6.500% senior secured second-lien notes due 2027 (the "Additional Notes").  The Additional Notes 
were issued as additional notes under the Base Indenture, as supplemented by a first supplemental indenture, dated December 
13, 2019 (the "First Supplemental Indenture"), and, together with the Base Indenture (the "Indenture").  The Additional Notes 
are treated as a single series with the $325.0 million Notes (together, with the Additional Notes, the "Notes") and have 
substantially the same terms as the Notes.  The Additional Notes were issued at a price of 105.0% of their principal amount, 
plus accrued interest from November 1, 2019.  The premium on the Notes will be amortized over the term under the effective 
interest rate method.  As of any reporting period, the unamortized premium on the Notes is reflected on the balance sheet as an 
addition to the $425.0 million Notes. 

The Company used net proceeds of the Additional Notes offering to repay $96.7 million of existing indebtedness 
under the Company's Term B-1 Loan.  Contemporaneous with this partial pay-down of the Term B-1 Loan, the Company 
replaced the remaining amount outstanding under the Term B-1 Loan with a Term B-2 loan (the "Term B-2 Loan"). 

In connection with this refinancing activity described above, during the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company: (i) wrote 

off $0.3 million of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Term B-1 Loan; and (ii) recorded $3.8 million of 
new deferred financing costs. 

The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured second-lien basis by most of the direct and 

indirect subsidiaries of Entercom Media Corp.  The Notes and the related guarantees are secured on a second-lien priority basis 
by liens on substantially all of the assets of Entercom Media Corp. and the guarantors. 

A default under the Company's Notes could cause a default under the Company's Credit Facility or Senior Notes.  Any 

event of default, therefore, could have a material adverse effect the Company's business and financial condition. 

The Notes are not a registered security and there are no plans to register the Notes as a security in the future.  As a 

result, Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC is not applicable and no separate financial statements are required 
for the guarantor subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019, and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.  

The Credit Facility 

Immediately following the refinancing activities described above, the Credit Facility, as amended, was comprised of a 

$250.0 million Revolver and a $770.0 million Term B-2 Loan. 

On December 13, 2019, the Company executed an amendment to the Credit Facility ("Amendment No. 4") which, 

among other things,: (i) replaced the Term B-1 Loans with the Term B-2 Loan; (ii) established a new class of revolving credit 
commitments from a portion of its existing Revolver with a later maturity date; and (iii) made certain other amendments to the 
Credit Facility. 

93 

The Company executed Amendment No. 4 which established a new class of revolving credit commitments from a 
portion of its existing revolving commitments with a later maturity date than the revolving credit commitments immediately 
prior to the effectiveness of the amendment.  All but one of the original lenders in the Revolver agreed to extend the maturity 
date from November 17, 2022, to August 19, 2024. 

As a result, approximately $227.3 million (the "New Class Revolver") of the $250.0 million Revolver has a maturity 

date of August 19, 2024, and approximately $22.7 million (the "Original Class Revolver") of the $250.0 million Revolver has a 
maturity date of November 17, 2022. 

The Original Class Revolver provides for interest based upon the Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin. The Base Rate is 
the highest of: (i) the administrative agent's prime rate; (ii) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York's Rate plus 0.5%; or (iii) the 
one month LIBOR Rate plus 1.0%..  The margin may increase or decrease based upon the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage 
Ratio as defined in the agreement.  The initial margin is at LIBOR plus 2.25% or the Base Rate plus 1.25%. 

The New Class Revolver provides for interest based upon the Base Rate or LIBOR plus a margin.  The margin may 

increase or decrease based upon the Consolidated Net First-Lien Leverage Ratio as defined in the agreement.  The initial 
margin is LIBOR plus 2.00% or the prime rate plus 1.00%. 

In addition, the Original Class Revolver requires the payment of a commitment fee ranging from 0.375% per annum to 
of 0.5% per annum on the unused amount and the New Class Revolver requires the payment of a commitment fee ranging from 
0.375% per annum to 0.5% per annum on the unused amount.  As of December 31, 2019, the amount available under the 
Revolver, which includes the impact of outstanding letters of credit, was $127.1 million. 

The Company expects to use the Revolver to: (i) provide for working capital; and (ii) provide for general corporate 

purposes, including capital expenditures and any or all of the following (subject to certain restrictions): repurchase of Class A 
common stock, dividends, investments and acquisitions. In addition, the Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all 
of the assets (including material real property) of Entercom Media Corp. and its subsidiaries with limited exclusions. Most of 
the Company’s subsidiaries, jointly and severally guaranteed the Credit Facility. The assets securing the Credit Facility are 
subject to customary release provisions which would enable the Company to sell such assets free and clear of encumbrance, 
subject to certain conditions and exceptions. 

The Term B-2 Loan has a maturity date of November 17, 2024 and provides for interest based upon LIBOR plus 2.5% 

or the Base Rate plus 1.5%.   

The Term B-2 Loan amortizes, commencing on March 31, 2020: (i) with equal quarterly installments of principal in 
annual amounts equal to 1.0% of the original principal amount of the Term B-2 Loan; and (ii) mandatory yearly prepayments 
based upon a percentage of Excess Cash Flow as defined in the agreement. 

The Term B-2 Loan requires mandatory prepayments equal to a percentage of Excess Cash Flow, subject to 
incremental step-downs, depending on the Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio.  The Excess Cash Flow payment is based 
on the Excess Cash Flow and Consolidated Net Secured Leverage Ratio for the prior year.  

The Credit Facility has usual and customary covenants including, but not limited to, a net first-lien leverage ratio, 

restricted payments and the incurrence of additional debt. Specifically, the Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with 
a certain financial covenant which is a defined term within the agreement, including a maximum Consolidated Net First-Lien 
Leverage Ratio that cannot exceed 4.0 times at December 31, 2019. In certain circumstances, if the Company consummates 
additional acquisition activity permitted under the terms of the Credit Facility, the Consolidated Net First-Lien Leverage Ratio 
will be increased to 4.5 times for a one year period following the consummation of such permitted acquisition. As of 
December 31, 2019, the Company’s Consolidated Net First Lien Leverage Ratio was 2.5 times. 

Failure to comply with the Company’s financial covenant or other terms of its Credit Facility and any subsequent 

failure to negotiate and obtain any required relief from its lenders could result in a default under the Company’s Credit Facility. 
Any event of default could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and financial condition. The acceleration 
of the Company’s debt repayment could have a material adverse effect on its business. The Company may seek from time to 
time to amend its Credit Facility or obtain other funding or additional funding, which may result in higher interest rates. 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company is in compliance with the financial covenant and all other terms of the Credit 

Facility in all material respects. The Company’s ability to maintain compliance with its covenant is highly dependent on its 
results of operations. 

Entercom Media Corp., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, holds the ownership interest in various 
subsidiary companies that own the operating assets, including broadcasting licenses, permits, authorizations and cash royalties. 
Entercom Media Corp. is the borrower under the Credit Facility. The assets securing the Credit Facility are subject to 

94 

customary release provisions which would enable the Company to sell such assets free and clear of encumbrance, subject to 
certain conditions and exceptions. 

Under certain covenants, the Company’s subsidiary guarantors are restricted from paying dividends or distributions in 
excess of amounts defined under the Credit Facility, and the subsidiary guarantors are limited in their ability to incur additional 
indebtedness under certain restrictive covenants. 

(B) Senior Unsecured Debt 
The Senior Notes 

Simultaneously with entering into the Merger and assuming the Credit Facility on November 17, 2017, the Company 

also assumed the 7.250% unsecured senior notes (the “Senior Notes”) that were subsequently modified and mature on 
October 17, 2024, in the amount of $400.0 million. The Senior Notes were originally issued by CBS Radio (now Entercom 
Media Corp.) on October 17, 2016. The deferred financing costs and debt premium on the Senior Notes will be amortized over 
the term under the effective interest rate method. As of any reporting period, the amount of any unamortized debt finance costs 
and debt premium costs are reflected on the balance sheet as a subtraction and an addition to the $400.0 million liability, 
respectively. 

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at the rate of 7.250% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 

and November 1 of each year. 

The Senior Notes may be redeemed on or after November 1, 2019, at a redemption price of 105.438% of their 

principal amount plus accrued interest. The redemption price decreases to 103.625% of their principal amount plus accrued 
interest on or after November 1, 2020, 101.813% of their principal amount plus accrued interest on or after November 1, 2021, 
and 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest on or after November 1, 2022. 

The Senior Notes are unsecured and rank: (i) senior in right of payment to the Company’s future subordinated debt; 
(ii) equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior debt; (iii) effectively subordinated to the 
Company’s existing and future secured debt (including the debt under the Company’s Credit Facility), to the extent of the value 
of the collateral securing such debt; and (iv) structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries that 
do not guarantee the Senior Notes, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries. 

Most of the Company’s existing subsidiaries jointly and severally guaranteed the Senior Notes. 

A default under the Company’s Senior Notes could cause a default under the Company’s Credit Facility or the Notes. 

Any event of default, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and financial condition. 

The Company may from time to time seek to repurchase or retire its outstanding debt through open market purchases, 

privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, the 
Company’s liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material. 

The Senior Notes are not a registered security and there are no plans to register the Company’s Senior Notes as a 
security in the future. As a result, Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC is not applicable and no separate 
financial statements are required for the guarantor subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

95 

(C) Net Interest Expense 

The components of net interest expense are as follows: 

Net Interest Expense

Interest expense 
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
Amortization of original issue discount (premium) of senior notes 
Interest income and other investment income 

Total net interest expense 

$

$

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
101,497   $
3,189  
(2,862) 
(703) 
101,121   $

100,757    $
3,085   
(2,928)  
(811)  
100,103    $

2017

31,266 
2,333 
(962)
(116)
32,521 

The weighted average interest rate under the Credit Facility (before taking into account the fees on the unused portion 

of the Revolver) was: (i) 4.3% as of December 31, 2019; and (ii) 5.2% as of December 31, 2018. 

(D) Interest Rate Transactions 

As of December 31, 2018, there were no derivative interest rate transactions outstanding.  During the quarter ended 
June 30, 2019, the Company entered into an interest rate collar transaction in the notional amount of $560.0 million to hedge 
the Company's exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its variable-rate debt.  Refer to Note 12, Derivative and Hedging 
Activities, for additional information. 

The Company from time to time enters into interest rate transactions with different lenders to diversify its risk 

associated with interest rate fluctuations of its variable rate debt. Under these transactions, the Company agrees with other 
parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts calculated by 
reference to an agreed notional principal amount against the variable debt. 

(E) Aggregate Principal Maturities 

The minimum aggregate principal maturities on the Company’s outstanding debt (excluding any impact from required 

principal payments based upon the Company’s future operating performance) are as follows: 

Principal Debt Maturities

Term B-2 
Loan 

Revolver 

Senior Notes 

Notes 

Other 

Total 

(amounts in thousands)

$ 

Years ending December 31   
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 

Thereafter 
Total 

$ 

(F) Outstanding Letters of Credit 

16,377     $
7,700    
7,700    
7,700    
7,700    
722,823    
770,000     $

— 
— 
10,636 
— 
106,364 
— 
117,000 

$

$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
400,000 
400,000 

$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
425,000 
$425,000 

$

$

30     $ 
16,407 
30    
7,730 
30    
18,366 
30    
7,730 
30    
114,094 
723    
1,548,546 
873     $  1,712,873 

The Company is required to maintain standby letters of credit in connection with insurance coverage as described in 

Note 22, Contingencies And Commitments. 

(G) Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information 

As of December 31, 2019, most of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Entercom Media Corp. are guarantors of 

Entercom Media Corp.’s obligations under the Credit Facility, the Notes and the Senior Notes. Under certain covenants, the 
Company’s subsidiary guarantors are restricted from paying dividends or distributions in excess of amounts defined under the 
Notes and the Senior Notes, and the subsidiary guarantors are limited in their ability to incur additional indebtedness under 
certain restricted covenants. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
The Company’s borrowing agreements contain restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to its parent under certain 

facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2019, these restrictions did not apply. 

Under the Credit Facility, Entercom Media Corp. is permitted to make distributions to Entercom Communications 

Corp., which are required to pay Entercom Communications Corp.’s reasonable overhead costs, including income taxes, and 
other costs associated with conducting the operations of Entercom Media Corp. and its subsidiaries. 

12. 

DERIVATIVE AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES 

The  Company  from  time  to  time  enters  into  derivative  financial instruments,  such  as  interest  rate  collar  agreements 

(“Collars”), to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates under the Company’s variable rate debt. 

Accounting For Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities 

The  Company  recognizes  at  fair  value  all  derivatives,  whether  designated  in  hedging  relationships  or  not,  in  the 
balance sheet as either net assets or net liabilities. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative, including certain 
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. 
If  the  derivative  is  designated  as  a  fair  value  hedge,  the  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  and  the  hedged  item  are 
recognized in the statement of operations. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the 
derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item 
affects net income. If a derivative does not qualify as a hedge, it is marked to fair value through the statement of operations. 
Any  fees  associated  with  these  derivatives  are  amortized  over  their  term.  Cash  flows  from  derivatives  are  classified  in  the 
statement of cash flows within the same category as the cash flows from the items subject to designated hedge or undesignated 
(economic) hedge relationships. Under these derivatives, the differentials to be received or paid are recognized as an adjustment 
to interest expense over the life of the contract. In the event the cash flow hedges are terminated early, any amount previously 
included  in  comprehensive  income  (loss)  would  be  reclassified  as  interest  expense  to  the  statement  of  operations  as  the 
forecasted transaction settles. 

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-
management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  various  hedge  transactions.  This  process  includes  ongoing  effectiveness 
assessments by relating all derivatives that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on 
the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company’s derivative activities, all of which 
are  for  purposes  other  than  trading,  are  initiated  within  the  guidelines  of  corporate  risk-management  policies.  The  Company 
reviews the correlation and effectiveness of its derivatives on a periodic basis. 

The  fair  value  of  these  derivatives  is  determined  using  observable  market  based  inputs  (a  Level  2  measurement,  as 
described  in  Note  20,  Fair  Value  Of  Financial  Instruments)  and  the  impact  of  credit  risk  on  a  derivative’s  fair  value  (the 
creditworthiness of the Company’s counterparty for assets and the creditworthiness of the Company for liabilities). 

Hedge Accounting Treatment 

During  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  a  derivative  rate  hedging  transaction  in  the 
aggregate  notional  amount  of  $560.0  million  to  manage  interest  rate  risk  on  the  Company’s  variable  rate  debt.  During  the 
period of the hedging relationship, the beginning and ending balance of the Company’s variable rate debt was greater than the 
notional amount of the derivative rate hedging transaction. This transaction is tied to the one-month LIBOR interest rate. Under 
the Collar transaction, two separate agreements are established with an upper limit, or cap, and a lower limit, or floor, for the 
Company’s LIBOR borrowing rate. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had the following derivative outstanding, which 
was designated as a cash flow hedge that qualified for hedge accounting treatment: 
Type 
Of 
Hedge 

Notional 
Amount 
Decreases 

Fixed 
LIBOR 
Rate 

Expiration 
Date 

Effective 
Date 

  Collar 

Notional 
Amount 
(amounts 
 in millions)    

Amount 
After 
Decrease 
(amounts
in millions) 
460.0 
340.0 
220.0 
90.0 

Jun. 29, 2020   $
Jun. 28, 2021   $
Jun. 28, 2024 Jun. 28, 2022   $
Jun. 28, 2023   $

Collar 

Total 

  $

  $

560.0     Jun. 25, 2019 

Cap 
Floor 

2.75% 
0.402% 

560.0     

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded the net change in the fair value of this derivative as a 
loss of $(0.2) million (net of a tax benefit of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2019) to the statement of comprehensive income 
(loss). The fair value of this derivative was determined using observable market-based inputs (a Level 2 measurement) and the 
impact of credit risk on a derivative’s fair value (the creditworthiness of the Company for liabilities). As of December 31, 2019, 
the fair value of these derivatives was a liability of $(0.2) million, and is recorded as other long-term liabilities on the balance 
sheet. The Company does not expect to reclassify any portion of this amount to the statement of operations over the next twelve 
months. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  had  no  derivatives  that  qualified  for  hedge  accounting 

treatment. 

The following table presents the accumulated derivative gain (loss) recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) as 

of December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018: 

Description 

Accumulated Derivative Gain (Loss) 
December 31, 
December 31,
2018 
2019 

(amounts in thousands)

Accumulated derivative unrealized gain (loss) 

$

(139)    $ 

— 

The following table presents the accumulated net derivative gain (loss) recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) 

for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Net Change in Accumulated Derivative Unrealized 
Gain (Loss) 

Net Amount of Accumulated Derivative Gain 
(Loss) Reclassified to the Consolidated 
Statement of Operations 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2019

2018

2017 

Years Ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)

$

(139)    $

—     $

— 

$

— 

$

—  $

—  

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
13.  

IMPAIRMENT LOSS 

The following table presents the various categories of impairment loss: 

Broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
ROU Asset 
Property and equipment and other 
Total 

$

$
$

2019 

Impairment Loss 
For The Years Ended December 31, 
2018 
(amounts in thousands) 
$

  $

2017 

— 
537,353 
5,956 
2,148 
545,457 

  $
  $

148,564  
317,138  
—  
28,286  
493,988  

$
$

— 
441 
— 
511 
952 

Refer to Note 7, Intangible Assets And Goodwill, and Note 20, Fair Value Of Financial Instruments, for additional 

information on impairment losses recognized.  

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

14. 
Class B Common Stock 

Shares of Class B common stock are transferable only to Joseph M. Field, David J. Field, certain of their family 

members, their estates and trusts for any of their benefit. Upon any other transfer, shares of Class B common stock 
automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. 

In connection with the Merger, during 2017, certain members of the Field family caused to be converted an aggregate 

of 3,152,333 shares of Class B common stock to Class A common stock in accordance with the provisions for voluntary 
conversion of Class B common stock pursuant to Section 10(e)(i) of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation. 

Dividends 

On August 9, 2019, the Company's Board of Directors reduced the annual stock dividend program to $0.08 per share.  

The Company expects quarterly dividend payments to approximate $2.7 million per quarter.  Any future dividends will be at 
the discretion of the Board of Directors based upon the relevant factors at the time of such consideration, including, without 
limitation, compliance with the restrictions set forth in the Company's Credit Facility, the Notes and the Senior Notes. 

On November 2, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase to the Company’s annual common 

stock dividend program from $0.30 per share to $0.36 per share, beginning with the dividend paid in the fourth quarter of 2017, 
with payments that approximated $12.4 million per quarter.  

During the second quarter of 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors commenced an annual $0.30 per share common 

stock dividend program, with payments that approximated $2.9 million per quarter. In addition to the quarterly dividend, the 
Company paid a special one-time cash dividend of $0.20 per share of common stock on August 30, 2017. Pursuant to the 
Merger Agreement, the Company agreed not to declare or pay any dividends or make other distributions in respect of any 
shares of the Company’s capital stock, except for the Company’s regular quarterly cash dividend. The special one-time cash 
dividend, which approximated $7.8 million, was permitted under the Merger Agreement. 

Under the Credit Facility, the Notes and the Senior Notes, the Company may be restricted in the amount available for 

dividends, share repurchases, investments, and debt repurchases in the future based upon its Consolidated Net First-Lien 
Leverage Ratio. The amount available can increase over time based upon the Company’s financial performance and used when 
its Consolidated Net First-Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the maximum Secured Leverage Ratio permitted at the 
time. There are certain other limitations that apply to its use. 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents a summary of the Company’s dividend activity during the past two years ending 

December 31, 2019: 

Equity Type 
Common stock 

Payment 
Date 

Dividends 
per Share 

March 28, 2018 $
June 28, 2018 $
September 14, 2018 $
December 14, 2018 $
March 28, 2019 $
June 28, 2019 $
September 13, 2019 $
December 16, 2019 $

0.090     $
0.090     $
0.090     $
0.090     $
0.090     $
0.090     $
0.020     $
0.020     $

Aggregate 
Payment 
Amount

12,440,990 
12,475,445 
12,486,825 
12,366,985 
12,430,279 
12,486,441 
2,676,900 
2,679,826 

Dividend Equivalents 

The Company’s grants of RSUs include the right, upon vesting, to receive a cash payment equal to the aggregate 

amount of dividends, if any, that holders would have received on the shares of common stock underlying their RSUs if such 
RSUs had been vested during the period. 

The following table presents the amounts accrued and unpaid on unvested RSUs: 

Short-term 
Long-term 
Total 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities

  Dividend Equivalent Liabilities

December 31,

2019 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

  $ 

  $ 

811   $
913  
1,724   $

1,279 
1,041 
2,320 

Deemed Stock Repurchase When RSUs Vest 

Upon vesting of RSUs, a tax obligation is created for both the employer and the employee. Unless employees elect to 
pay their tax withholding obligations in cash, the Company withholds shares of stock in an amount sufficient to cover their tax 
withholding obligations. The withholding of these shares by the Company is deemed to be a repurchase of its stock. 

The following table provides summary information on the deemed repurchase of vested RSUs: 

Shares of stock deemed repurchased 
Amount recorded as financing activity 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)

2017

459   
2,905    $

506  
5,186   $

169 

2,565 

$

The Company’s Entercom Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) allows participants to purchase the 
Company’s stock at a price equal to 85% of the market value of such shares on the purchase date. The maximum number of 
shares authorized to be issued under the ESPP is 1.0 million. Pursuant to this plan, the Company does not record compensation 
expense to the employee as income subject to tax on the difference between the market value and the purchase price, as this 
plan was designed to meet the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code. The Company recognizes the 15% discount in the 
Company’s consolidated statements of operations as non-cash compensation expense. 

Pursuant to the CBS Radio Merger Agreement, the Company agreed not to issue or authorize any shares of its capital 
stock until the earlier of the termination of the CBS Radio Merger Agreement or the consummation of the Merger. As a result, 
the Company effectively suspended the ESPP during the second quarter of 2017. There were no shares purchased and the 
Company did not recognize any non-cash compensation expense in connection with the ESPP during the second, third or fourth 
quarters of 2017. The Company resumed the ESPP in the first quarter of 2018. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of shares purchased 

Non-cash compensation expense recognized 

Share Repurchase Program 

2019

Years Ended December 31, 
2018 
(amounts in thousands)

2017

335   
234    $

228  
252   $

15 

32

$

On November 2, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors announced a share repurchase program (the “2017 Share 

Repurchase Program”) to permit the Company to purchase up to $100.0 million of the Company’s issued and outstanding 
shares of Class A common stock through open market purchases. Shares repurchased by the Company under the 2017 Share 
Repurchase Program will be at the discretion of the Company based upon the relevant factors at the time of such consideration, 
including, without limitation, compliance with the restrictions set forth in the Company’s Credit Facility, the Notes and the 
Senior Notes. 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 5.0 million shares of Class A common stock at 

an aggregate average price of $3.67 per share for a total of $18.3 million.  

15. 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE 

Net income per common share is calculated as basic net income per share and diluted net income per share. Basic net 
income per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted 
average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share is computed in the same manner as 
basic net income after assuming issuance of common stock for all potentially dilutive equivalent shares, which includes the 
potential dilution that could occur: (i) if the RSUs with service conditions were fully vested (using the treasury stock method); 
(ii) if all of the Company’s outstanding stock options that are in-the-money were exercised (using the treasury stock method); 
(iii) if the RSUs with service and market conditions were considered contingently issuable; and (iv) if the RSUs with service 
and performance conditions were considered contingently issuable. The Company considered whether the options to purchase 
Class A common stock in connection with the ESPP were potentially dilutive and concluded there were no dilutive shares as all 
options are automatically exercised at the balance sheet date. 

The Company considered the allocation of undistributed net income for multiple classes of common stock and 

determined that it was appropriate to allocate undistributed net income between the Company’s Class A and Class B common 
stock on an equal basis. For purposes of making this determination, the Company’s charter provides that the holders of Class A 
and Class B common stock have equal rights and privileges except with respect to voting on most other matters where Class B 
shares voted by Joseph Field or David Field have a 10 to 1 super vote. 

The following tables present the computations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing 

operations and discontinued operations: 

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share
data) 

2017

Basic Income (Loss) Per Share 

Numerator 

Net income available to the Company - continuing operations
Preferred stock dividends 
Net income available to common shareholders from continuing  

operations 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

$

(420,212)   $

(362,587)  $

—   

—  

(420,212)  
—   

$

(420,212)   $

(362,587) 
1,152  
(361,435)  $

233,013 
2,015

230,998
836
231,834 

Denominator

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share - Basic:
Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share  

available to common shareholders - Basic

136,967,455    138,069,608  

51,392,899

$

(3.07)   $

(2.63)  $

4.49 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations per share  

available to common shareholders - Basic

Net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders - 

Basic
Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share 

Numerator 

—   

0.01  

$

(3.07)   $

(2.62)  $

0.02

4.51 

Net income available to the Company - continuing operations
Preferred stock dividends 
Net income available to common shareholders from continuing 

 operations 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

$

(420,212)   $

(362,587)  $

—   

—  

(420,212)  
—   

$

(420,212)   $

(362,587) 
1,152  
(361,435)  $

233,013 
2,015

230,998

836
231,834 

Denominator

Basic weighted average shares outstanding
Effect of RSUs and options under the treasury stock method

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share - Diluted:

Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share  

available to common shareholders - Diluted

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations per share  

available to common shareholders - Diluted
Net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders -  

Diluted

Disclosure of Anti-Dilutive Shares 

136,967,455    138,069,608  
—  
136,967,455    138,069,608  

—   

51,392,899
1,492,257
52,885,156

$

$

(3.07)   $

(2.63)  $

—   

0.01  

(3.07)   $

(2.62)  $

4.37 

0.02

4.38 

The following table presents those shares excluded as they were anti-dilutive: 

Dilutive or anti-dilutive for all potentially dilutive equivalent shares
Excluded shares as anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method:

Options excluded 

Price range of options excluded: from 
Price range of options excluded: to 
RSUs with service conditions 

Excluded RSUs with service and market conditions as market conditions not 

met

Excluded RSUs with service and performance conditions until performance  

criteria is probable

Excluded preferred stock as anti-dilutive under the as if method

Excluded shares as anti-dilutive when reporting a net loss

70   

—   
—   
331   

226  

—  

—  
755  

2019

Impact Of Equity Awards
Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data)
anti-dilutive

2017

anti-dilutive  

dilutive

$

$

543   
9.66    $
13.98    $
2,953   

564  
6.43   $
13.98   $
1,394  

548 

11.69 

13.98 

163 

336 

— 

— 

— 

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION 

16. 
Equity Compensation Plan 

Under the Entercom Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), the Company is authorized to issue share-based 
compensation awards to key employees, directors and consultants. The RSUs and options that have been issued generally vest 

102 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
over periods of up to four years. The options expire ten years from the date of grant. The Company issues new shares of 
Class A common stock upon the exercise of stock options and the later of vesting or issuance of RSUs. 

On January 1 of each year, the number of shares of Class A common stock authorized under the Plan is automatically 
increased by 1.5 million, or a lesser number as may be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The amount of shares 
available for grant automatically increased by 1.5 million on January 1, 2019, and January 1, 2018. As of December 31, 2019, 
the shares available for grant were 1.6 million shares. 

The Plan included certain performance criteria for purposes of satisfying expense deduction requirements for income 

tax purposes. This expense deduction exemption does not apply under the new tax legislation that was enacted during the fourth 
quarter of 2017 and was effective as of January 1, 2018. 

Accounting for Share-Based Compensation 

The measurement and recognition of compensation expense, for all share-based payment awards made to employees 

and directors, is based on estimated fair values. The fair value is determined at the time of grant: (i) using the Company’s stock 
price for RSUs; and (ii) using the Black Scholes model for options. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately 
expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of 
operations. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur. 

RSU Activity 

The following is a summary of the changes in RSUs under the Plan during the current period: 

Period Ended 

Number 
of 
Restricted 
Stock 
Units 

Weighted 
Average 
Purchase 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (Years) 

(amounts in thousands) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
as of December 
31, 2019 

December 31, 2018

RSUs outstanding as of: 
RSUs awarded 
RSUs released 
RSUs forfeited 
RSUs outstanding as of: 
RSUs vested and expected to vest as of: December 31, 2019
RSUs exercisable (vested and deferred) 
as of:

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2019

Weighted average remaining 
recognition period in years

Unamortized compensation expense

3,685 
1,955 
(1,456)
(323)
3,861 

3,861 

41 

$

$

$

2.2  

$

19,840 

—   
—   

—   

1.3 $

1.3 $

17,993 

17,993 

— 

$

193 

The following table presents additional information on RSU activity: 

2019

Shares 

Years Ended December 31,

2018

Amount

Shares

Amount

1,955     $
(323)   

12,926 
(1,753)

(amounts in thousands, except per share) 
$

1,292 
(396)

10,078   
(1,228)  

2017

Shares 

Amount

3,064   $
(379) 

35,628 
(1,117)

RSUs issued 
RSUs forfeited - service 

Net RSUs issued and increase 
(decrease) to paid-in capital 

Weighted average grant date 
fair value per share

Fair value of shares vested 
per share
RSUs vested and released 

$

$

1,632     $

11,173 

896 

$

8,850   

2,685   $

34,511 

6.61     

10.72     
1,456     

$

$

9.71 

11.07 

1,496 

103 

  $

  $

13.42    

10.76    
474    

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RSUs With Service and Market Conditions 

The Company issued RSUs with service and market conditions that are included in the table above. These shares vest 

if: (i) the Company’s stock achieves certain shareholder performance targets over a defined measurement period; and (ii) the 
employee fulfills a minimum service period. The compensation expense is recognized even if the market conditions are not 
satisfied and are only reversed in the event the service period is not met, as all of the conditions need to be satisfied. These 
RSUs are amortized over the longest of the explicit, implicit or derived service periods, which range from approximately one to 
three years. 

The following table presents the changes in outstanding RSUs with market conditions: 

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands, except per share
data) 

2017

Reconciliation of RSUs with Service And Market Conditions

Beginning of period balance
Number of RSUs granted 
Number of RSUs forfeited 
Number of RSUs vested 
End of period balance 

Weighted average fair value of RSUs granted with market conditions

$

226   
—   
(156)  
—   
70   
—   $

650  
—  
(110) 
(314) 
226  
—   $

630
70
—
(50)
650

9.81

The fair value of RSUs with service conditions is estimated using the Company’s closing stock price on the date of the 

grant. To determine the fair value of RSUs with service and market conditions, the Company used the Monte Carlo simulation 
lattice model. The Company’s determination of the fair value was based on the number of shares granted, the Company’s stock 
price on the date of grant and certain assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. If other 
reasonable assumptions were used, the results could differ. 

The specific assumptions used for these valuations are as follows: 

Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017

2019

— 
— 
— 

— %  
— %  
— %  

54 %
1.8 %
3.3 %

Expected Volatility Structure (1) 
Risk Free Interest Rate (2) 
Annual Dividend Payment Per Share (Constant) (3)
_______________ 
(1) 

Expected Volatility Term Structure - The Company estimated the volatility term structure using: (i) the historical 
volatility of its stock; and (ii) the implied volatility provided by its traded options from a trailing month’s average of 
the closing bid-ask price quotes. 
Risk-Free Interest Rate - The Company estimated the risk-free interest rate based upon the implied yield available on 
U.S. Treasury issues using the Treasury bond rate as of the date of grant. 
Annual Dividend Payment Per Share (Constant) - The Company assumed the historical dividend yield in effect at the 
date of the grant. 

(2) 

(3) 

RSUs with Service and Performance Conditions 

In addition to the RSUs included in the table above summarizing the activity in RSUs under the Plan, the Company 
issued RSUs with both service and performance conditions. Vesting of performance-based awards, if any, is dependent upon 
the achievement of certain performance targets. If the performance standards are not achieved, all unvested shares will expire 
and any accrued expense will be reversed. The Company determines the requisite service period on a case-by-case basis to 
determine the expense recognition period for non-vested performance based RSUs. The fair value is determined based upon the 
closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company applies a quarterly probability assessment in 
computing its non-cash compensation expense and any change in the estimate is reflected as a cumulative adjustment to 
expense in the quarter of the change. 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
There was no activity in 2019, 2018, or 2017. As of December 31, 2019, no non-cash compensation expense was 

recognized for RSUs with performance conditions. 

Option Activity 

The following table presents the option activity during the current year ended under the Plan: 

Period Ended 
December 31, 2018

December 31, 2019

Number of 
Options 
755,210 
— 
(180,300)
— 
(32,328)
542,582 

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2019

542,582 

542,582 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (Years) 

Intrinsic Value 
as of December 
31, 2019 

$

$

$

$

9.42    
—    
1.34    
—    
10.21    
12.06   

12.06   
12.06   

0.9 $

0.9 $

0.9 $

—

—

—

0  

$

— 

Options outstanding as of: 
Options granted 
Options exercised 
Options forfeited 
Options expired 
Options outstanding as of: 

Options vested and expected to vest as 
of:
Options vested and exercisable as of: 

Weighted average remaining 
recognition period in years
Unamortized compensation expense 

The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable options as of the current period: 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

To 

9.66    
13.98    
13.98    

From 
$9.66 
$13.11 
$9.66 

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Number of 
Options 
Outstanding 
December 31, 
2019 
201,875 
340,707 
542,582 

Weighted
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

0.9 $
0.9 $

0.9 $

9.66
13.48

12.06

Number of 
Options 
Exercisable 
December 31, 
2019 
201,875     $
340,707     $
542,582     $

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

9.66 
13.48 

12.06 

Option Issuance and Exercise Data 

The following table provides summary information on the granting and vesting of options: 
Years Ended December 31, 
2018
(amounts in thousands except for per share and years) 
From 
To

From

From

2019

Exercise price range of options issued 
Upon vesting, period to exercise in years 
Fair value per share upon grant 
Number of options granted 
Intrinsic value per share upon exercise 
Intrinsic value of options exercised 

  $

  $

  $
  $

1.34 

$

1.34 

$

1.34 

$

1

— 

—  

7.06 

1,272 

10

$

$

$

1

— 

—  

7.33 

829 

105 

To
11.31 

10

2017

1.34 

$

1

4 

686

7.24 

60 

To 
2.02     $
10  

  $

  $
  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax benefit from options exercised 

Cash received from exercise price of 
options exercised

  $

  $

73 

244 

$

$

220 

153 

  $

  $

21 

42 

Valuation Of Options 

The Company estimates the fair value of option awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The 

Company used the straight-line single option method for recognizing compensation expense, which was reduced for estimated 
forfeitures based on awards ultimately expected to vest. The Company’s determination of the fair value of share-based payment 
awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price, as well as assumptions 
regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the Company’s 
expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. 
Option-pricing models were developed for use in estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting or hedging 
restrictions and are fully transferable. The Company’s stock options have certain characteristics that are different from traded 
options, and changes in the subjective assumptions could affect the estimated value. 

For options granted, the Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and determined: (i) the term by using 

the simplified plain-vanilla method as the Company’s employee exercise history may not be indicative for estimating future 
exercises; (ii) a historical volatility over a period commensurate with the expected term, with the observation of the volatility on 
a daily basis; (iii) a risk-free interest rate that was consistent with the expected term of the stock options and based on the U.S. 
Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant; and (iv) an annual dividend yield based upon the Company’s most recent 
quarterly dividend at the time of grant. 

In connection with the Merger, the Company applied the above described valuation methodologies to determine the 

fair value for those options assumed as part of the Merger in 2017. 

Recognized Non-Cash Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

The following non-cash stock-based compensation expense, which is related primarily to RSUs, is included in each of 

the respective line items in the Company’s statement of operations: 

Station operating expenses 
Corporate general and administrative expenses 
Stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses
Income tax benefit (1) 
After-tax stock-based compensation expense 

Years Ended December 31,

2019

2018 

2017

(amounts in thousands)

4,673    $
11,511   
16,184   
3,703   
12,481    $

6,855   $
8,294  
15,149  
3,160  
11,989   $

1,694 
7,873
9,567
3,328
6,239 

$

$

(1) 

Amounts exclude impact from any compensation expense subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, which is 
nondeductible for income tax purposes. 

INCOME TAXES 

17. 
Effective Tax Rate - Overview 

The Company’s effective income tax rate may be impacted by: (i) changes in the level of income in any of the 
Company’s taxing jurisdictions; (ii) changes in the statutes, rules and tax rates applicable to taxable income in the jurisdictions 
in which the Company operates; (iii) changes in the expected outcome of income tax audits; (iv) changes in the estimate of 
expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes; (v) income taxes in certain states where the states’ current taxable income is 
dependent on factors other than the Company’s consolidated net income; and (vi) adding facilities in states that on average have 
different income tax rates from states in which the Company currently operates and the resulting effect on previously reported 
temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The Company’s 
annual effective tax rate may also be materially impacted by tax expense associated with non-amortizable assets such as 
broadcasting licenses and goodwill and changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance. 

An impairment loss for financial statement purposes will result in an income tax benefit during the period incurred as 
the amortization of some portion of the Company’s broadcasting licenses and goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes. 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected and Reported Income Taxes (Benefit) 

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations computed using the United States federal statutory rates is 

reconciled to the reported income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations as follows: 

Federal statutory income tax rate 
Computed tax expense at federal statutory rates on income before income 
taxes 
State income tax expense, net of federal benefit 
Goodwill impairment 
Valuation allowance current year activity 
Tax impact of share-based awards 
Transaction costs 
Recognized gain on Exchange Transactions 
U.S. federal income tax reform 
Tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards 
Taxable gain on sale of radio stations 
Nondeductible expenses and other 
Income taxes 

$

$

Effective Income Tax Rates 

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
21 %  

21 %

2017

35 %

(80,432) 
13,661 
98,910 
(321)
950 
105 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4,333 
37,206 

$

$

(77,016) 
(4,779) 
64,465  
(2,593) 
872  
391  
—  
883  
—  
5,511  
8,113  
(4,153) 

  $

  $

(8,425) 
23,045 
— 
2,395 
1,383 
8,477 
6,435 
(291,497)
— 
— 
1,102 
(257,085)

The effective income tax rate was (9.7)% for 2019. This rate was lower than the federal statutory rate of 21% primarily 

due to an impairment on the Company’s goodwill during the fourth quarter of 2019 which is not deductible for income tax 
purposes. The income tax rate is lower than in previous years primarily due to an increase in the impairment charge recorded on 
the Company's goodwill in 2019. 

The effective income tax rate was 1.1% for 2018. This rate was lower than the federal statutory rate of 21% primarily 

due to an impairment on the Company's goodwill during the fourth quarter of 2018 which is not deductible for income tax 
purposes.  The income tax rate is lower than in previous years primarily due to an income tax benefit resulting from the Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") that was enacted on December 22, 2017, which reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 
the previous rate of 35% to 21%. The Company’s deferred tax balances were re-measured using the new federal income tax 
rate. 

The effective income tax rate for 2017 was significantly impacted by an income tax benefit resulting from the TCJA 

that was enacted on December 22, 2017, which reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from the previous rate of 35% to 
21%.  The Company's deferred tax balances were re-measured using the new federal income tax rate. 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense 

Income tax expense (benefit) for each year is summarized in the table below. The table does not include income tax 

expense from discontinued operations of $0.7 million and $0.5 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Current: 

Federal 
State 

Total current 

Deferred: 

Federal 
State 

Total deferred 
Total income taxes (benefit) 

Years Ended December 31,
2018 

2017

2019

$

$

20,751    $
11,685   
32,436   

(837)  
5,607   
4,770   
37,206    $

38,481   $
17,836  
56,317  

5,178 
1,289
6,467

(37,678) 
(22,792) 
(60,470) 
(4,153)  $

(295,467)
31,915
(263,552)
(257,085)

Deferred Tax Assets and Deferred Tax Liabilities 

The income tax accounting process to determine the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities involves estimating 

all temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities based on tax 
laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the period in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. These 
estimates include assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial 
statements or tax returns. Changes to these estimates could have a future impact on the Company’s financial position or results 
of operations. 

At December 31, 2017, the Company calculated the accounting for the tax effects of enactment of TCJA as written, 

and made a reasonable estimate of the effects on the existing deferred tax balances. The Company recorded an estimated 
income tax benefit from continuing operations of $291.5 million to adjust the Company’s deferred income tax balances as a 
result of the reduced corporate income tax rate. The estimated amounts are included as components of income tax expense from 
continuing operations. 

To determine the Company’s estimated amounts, the Company re-measured its deferred tax assets and liabilities based 

on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally a 21% federal tax rate and its related impact 
on the state tax rate. 

The Company completed its assessment of the impact of the TCJA as of December 22, 2018. In connection with this 

final assessment of the impact of the TCJA, the Company recorded an additional $0.9 million income tax benefit from 
continuing operations during 2018. 

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, are as detailed below. 

Deferred tax assets: 

Federal and state income tax loss carryforwards 
Share-based compensation 
Investments - impairments 
Lease rental obligations 
Deferred compensation 
Deferred gain on tower transaction 
Debt fair value adjustment 
Reserves 
Property, equipment and certain intangibles (other than broadcasting licenses 
 and goodwill) 
Lease liability 

108 

December 31,

2019 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

70,982  
4,221  
350  
4,709  
10,253  
—  
4,987  
—  

—  
77,722  

81,368 
3,382 
347 
15,080 
9,097 
1,732 
4,390 
— 

— 
— 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee benefits 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Other non-current 
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance 
Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Advertiser broadcasting obligations 
Lease ROU asset 
Property, equipment and certain intangibles 
Broadcasting licenses and goodwill 
Total deferred tax liabilities 
Total net deferred tax liabilities 

Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets 

2,011  
4,671  
2,432  
182,338  
(25,440) 
156,898   $

2,396 
4,406 
5,799 
127,997 
(25,761)
102,236 

—   $

(69,243) 
(43,788) 
(593,525) 
(706,556)  $
(549,658)  $

47 
— 
(49,662)
(598,603)
(648,218)
(545,982)

$

$

$
$

Judgment is required in estimating valuation allowances for deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a 

valuation allowance if an assessment of their components indicates that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of 
these assets will not be realized. The realization of a deferred tax asset ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable 
income in the carryforward periods under tax law. The Company periodically assesses the need for valuation allowances for 
deferred tax assets based on more-likely-than-not realization threshold criteria. In the Company’s assessment, appropriate 
consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. This assessment 
considers, among other matters, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carryforward periods and any 
ownership change limitations under Section 382 of the Code on the Company’s future income that can be used to offset historic 
losses. 

For 2019, the Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) will be limited under 
Section 382 of the Code as a result of the CBS Radio Merger. For federal income tax purposes, the acquisition of CBS Radio 
(now Entercom Media Corp.) was treated as a reverse acquisition which caused the Company to undergo an ownership change 
under Section 382 of the Code. The utilization of these NOLs in future years will be subject to an annual limitation. In addition, 
Entercom Media Corp. has federal NOLs that are subject to a separate IRC Section 382 annual limitation. 

As changes occur in the Company’s assessments regarding its ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the Company’s 

tax provision is increased in any period in which the Company determines that the recovery is not probable. 

The following table presents the changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance for the periods indicated: 

Year Ended 

December 31, 2019 
December 31, 2018 
December 31, 2017 

Liabilities for Uncertain Tax Positions 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Year 

  $

$

25,761 
37,154 
12,861 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Charged 
(Credited) 
to Income 
Taxes 
(Benefit) 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Charged 
(Credited) 
to 
Balance 
Sheet 
(amounts in thousands) 
$

$

(321)
(11,393)
17,785

— 
—
151

Purchase 
Accounting 

Balance At 
End Of 
Year 

—   $
—  
6,357  

25,440
25,761 
37,154 

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on whether evidence indicates that it is more 

likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as 
this requires the Company to estimate the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company reevaluates these uncertain 
tax positions on a quarterly basis. Changes in assumptions may result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge 
to the tax provision. 

The Company classifies interest and penalties that are related to income tax liabilities as a component of income tax 
expense. The income tax liabilities and accrued interest and penalties are presented as non-current liabilities, as payments are 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
not anticipated within one year of the balance sheet date. These non-current income tax liabilities are recorded in other long-
term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

The Company’s liabilities for uncertain tax positions are reflected in the following table: 

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions 

Tax 
Total 

December 31,

2019 
(amounts in thousands)

2018

$
$

—   $
—   $

370 
370 

The amounts for interest and penalties expense reflected in the statements of operations were eliminated in the 

statements of cash flows under net deferred taxes (benefit) and other as no cash payments were made during these periods. 

The following table presents the expense (income) for uncertain tax positions, which amounts were reflected in the 

consolidated statements of operations as an increase (decrease) to income tax expense: 

Tax expense (income) 
Interest and penalties (income) 
Total income taxes (benefit) from uncertain tax positions

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
—   $
—  
—   $

—    $
—   
—    $

2017

— 
— 
— 

$

$

The decrease in liabilities for uncertain tax positions for 2019 is related to the lapse of statutes of limitations. 

The following table presents the gross amount of changes in unrecognized tax benefits: 

Beginning of year balance 
Prior year positions 
Gross Increases 
Gross Decreases 
Current year positions 
Gross Increases 
Gross Decreases 

Settlements with tax authorities 
Reductions due to statute lapse 
End of year balance 
Ending liability balance included above that was reflected as an offset to  
deferred tax assets 

$

$

$

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
(7,820)  $

(7,285)   $

—   
—   

—  
—  

—   
—   
—   
566   
(6,719)   $

—  
—  
—  
535  
(7,285)  $

2017

(7,138)

(710)
— 

— 
— 
— 
28 
(7,820)

(6,719)   $

(6,915)  $

(7,110)

The gross amount of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits is reflected in the above table which, if recognized, 

would impact the Company’s effective income tax rate in the period of recognition. The total amount of unrecognized tax 
benefits could increase or decrease within the next 12 months for a number of reasons including the expiration of statutes of 
limitations, audit settlements and tax examination activities. 

As of December 31, 2019, there were no significant unrecognized net tax benefits (exclusive of interest and penalties) 

that over the next 12 months are subject to the expiration of various statutes of limitation. Interest and penalties accrued on 
uncertain tax positions are released upon the expiration of statutes of limitations. 

Federal and State Income Tax Audits 

The Company is subject to federal, state and local income tax audits from time to time that could result in proposed 

assessments. Management believes that the Company has made sufficient tax provisions for tax periods that are within the 
statutory period of limitations not previously audited and that are potentially open for examination by the taxing authorities. 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
Potential liabilities associated with these years will be resolved when an event occurs to warrant closure, primarily through the 
completion of audits by the taxing jurisdictions, or if the statute of limitations expires. To the extent audits or other events result 
in a material adjustment to the accrued estimates, the effect would be recognized during the period of the event. There can be 
no assurance, however, that the ultimate outcome of audits will not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows. 

The Company cannot predict with certainty how these audits will be resolved and whether the Company will be 
required to make additional tax payments, which may include penalties and interest. For most states where the Company 
conducts business, the Company is subject to examination for the preceding three to six years. In certain states, the period could 
be longer. 

Income Tax Payments, Refunds and Credits 

For federal taxation purposes, the TCJA repealed the Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) for corporations. 

Accordingly, the Company did not make any AMT payments in 2018 or 2019. The Company is now subject to regular 
corporate income tax. 

The following table provides the amount of income tax payments and income tax refunds for the periods indicated: 

Federal and state income tax payments 

$

39,100    $

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
54,217   $

2017

2,030 

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards 

As a result of the Merger with CBS Radio on November 17, 2017, changes in the cumulative ownership percentages 

triggered a significant limitation in its NOL carryforward utilization. 

The Company’s ability to use its federal NOL and credit carryforwards is subject to annual limitations as defined in 

Section 382 of the Code. Entercom Media Corp. also had federal NOLs that are subject to a separate IRS Section 382 
limitation. As a result, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against a portion of its federal NOLs as it anticipates 
utilizing $209.2 million of its NOL carryovers. 

The Company has recorded a valuation allowance for its state NOLs as the Company does not expect to obtain a 

benefit in future periods. In addition, utilization in future years of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to limitations due to 
the changes in ownership provisions under Section 382 of the Code and similar state provisions. 

The Company will continue to assess the ability of these carryforwards to be realized in subsequent periods. 

The NOLs in the following table reflect an estimate of the NOLs for the 2019 tax filing year as these returns will not 

be filed until later in 2020: 

Federal NOL carryforwards 
State NOL carryforwards 

Net Operating Losses

December 31, 2019

NOLs 
(amounts in 
thousands) 

NOL Expiration 
Period 
(in years)

$

$

214,387     2030 to 2033 
502,156     2020 to 2035

18. 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES ON NON-CASH ACTIVITIES 
The following table provides non-cash disclosures during the periods indicated: 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)

2017

Operating Activities 
Barter revenues 

Barter expenses 

Transition services costs incurred in the integration of CBS Radio
Reduction to the transition services asset 

Financing Activities 

Increase in paid-in capital from the issuance of RSUs 
Decrease in paid-in capital from the forfeiture of RSUs 
Net paid-in capital of RSUs issued (forfeited) 

Dividend accrued on perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock

Debt assumed in a business combination or merger

Investing Activities 

Cash acquired through consolidation (deconsolidation) of a VIE 

Noncash additions to property and equipment and intangibles

Net radio station assets given up in a market

Net radio station assets acquired in a market

Fair value of net assets acquired through the issuance of common stock

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

16,914    $
16,741    $
—    $
—    $

12,926    $
(1,753)  
11,173    $
—    $
—    $

—    $
803    $
22,795    $
22,500    $
—    $

19,365   $

10,898 

19,324   $
5,456   $
(5,456)  $

10,078   $
(1,228) 
8,850   $

9,440 

1,917 

(1,917)

35,628 

(1,117)

34,511 

—   $
—   $ 1,387,500 

— 

—   $

(302)

2,213 

124,500 

818   $
—   $
—   $
—   $ 1,168,848 

124,500 

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND BENEFIT PLANS 

19. 
Deferred Compensation Plans 

The Company provides certain of its employees and the Board of Directors with an opportunity to defer a portion of 

their compensation on a tax-favored basis. The obligations by the Company to pay these benefits under the deferred 
compensation plans represent unsecured general obligations that rank equally with the Company’s other unsecured 
indebtedness. Amounts deferred under these plans were included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance 
sheets. Any change in the deferred compensation liability for each period is recorded to corporate general and administrative 
expenses and to station operating expenses in the statement of operations. Further contributions under these plans have been 
frozen beginning with any contribution elections covering the 2018 year. 

Benefit Plan Disclosures

Deferred compensation 

Beginning of period balance
Assumption of deferred compensation in Merger
Employee compensation deferrals 
Employee compensation payments 
Increase (decrease) in plan fair value 
End of period balance 

401(k) Savings Plan 

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)

2017

$

$

30,928 
—
15
(3,826)
6,112
33,229 

$

$

40,995     $
—    
384    
(8,709)   
(1,742)   
30,928     $

10,875 
27,057 
840 
(1,184)
3,407 
40,995 

The Company has a savings plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code. The plan is a 

defined contribution plan, available to all eligible employees, and allows participants to contribute up to the legal maximum of 
their eligible compensation, not to exceed the maximum tax-deferred amount allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. The 
Company’s discretionary matching contribution is subject to certain conditions. The Company’s contributions for 2019, 2018 
and 2017 were $5.6 million, $6.1 million and $2.9 million, respectively. 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

20. 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Subject to Fair Value Measurements 

The Company has determined the types of financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurement are: 

(i) certain tangible and intangible assets subject to impairment testing as described in Note 7, Intangible Assets And Goodwill; 
(ii) financial instruments as described in Note 11, Long-Term Debt; (iii) deemed deferred compensation plans as described in 
Note 19, Employee Savings And Benefit Plans; (iv) lease abandonment liabilities as described in Note 3, Business 
Combinations; and (v) interest rate derivative transactions that are outstanding from time to time as described in Note 12, 
Derivative And Hedging Activities. 

The fair value is the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company utilizes market data or assumptions 
that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent to the 
inputs of the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable. The 
Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. 
The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy assigns the highest priority to 
unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to 
unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). 

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows: 
Level 1 – Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. 

Level 2 – Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or 
indirectly observable as of the reported date. 

Level 3 – Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable than objective sources. These 
inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. 
At each balance sheet date, the Company performs an analysis of all instruments and includes in Level 3 all of those 
whose fair value is based on significant unobservable inputs. 

Recurring Fair Value Measurements 

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and/or liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on 

a recurring basis and are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value 
measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires 
judgment and may affect the valuation of fair value and its placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. During the periods 
presented, there were no transfers between fair value hierarchical levels. 

Description 

Liabilities 

Fair Value Measurements At Reporting Date 

Balance at 
December 31,
2019 

Quoted prices
in active 
markets 
Level 1

Significant
other observable
inputs 
Level 2
(amounts in thousands) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
Level 3 

Measured at 
Net Asset Value
as a Practical 
Expedient (2)

Deferred compensation plan liabilities (1)    $

33,229 

Interest rate cash flow hedge (3) 

  $

189 

$

$

25,592 

— 

$

$

— $ 

—   $

7,637 

189

$ 

—   $

— 

Description 

Liabilities 

Balance at 
December 31,
2018 

Quoted prices 
in active 
markets 
Level 1

Significant 
other 
observable 
inputs
(amounts in thousands) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
Level 3 

Measured at 
Net Asset Value
as a Practical 
Expedient (2)

Deferred compensation plan liabilities (1) 

  $

30,928 

$

23,476 

$

— 

$

—   $

7,452

113 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1)  The Company’s deferred compensation liability, which is included in other long-term liabilities, is recorded at fair value on 
a recurring basis. The unfunded plan allows participants to hypothetically invest in various specified investment options. 

(2)  The fair value of underlying investments in collective trust funds is determined using the net asset value (“NAV”) provided 
by the administrator of the fund as a practical expedient. The NAV is determined by each fund’s trustee based upon the fair 
value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, less liabilities, divided by outstanding units. In accordance with 
appropriate accounting guidance, these investments have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. 

(3)  The Company's interest rate collar, which is included in other long-term liabilities, is recorded at fair value on a recurring 
basis.  The derivatives are not exchange listed and therefore the fair value is estimated using models that reflect the 
contractual terms of the derivative, yield curves, and the credit quality of the counterparties.  The models also incorporate 
the Company's creditworthiness in order to appropriately reflect non-performance risk.  Inputs are generally observable and 
do not contain a high level of subjectivity. 

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements 

The Company has certain assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are adjusted to fair value 

only when the carrying values are more than the fair values. The categorization of the framework used to price the assets is 
considered Level 3, due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used to determine the fair value. 

As discussed in Note 7, Intangible Assets And Goodwill, the Company voluntarily changed the date of its annual 

impairment test for its broadcasting licenses and goodwill.  As a result of this change, the Company did not determine the fair 
value of its broadcasting licenses and goodwill during the quarter ended June 30, 2019.   

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company reviewed the fair value of its broadcasting licenses and goodwill.  As 

a result of this assessment, the Company concluded that its broadcasting licenses were not impaired as the fair value of these 
assets exceeded their carrying value.  As a result of this assessment, the Company concluded that its goodwill attributable to its 
broadcast reporting unit was impaired as the fair value was less than its carrying value.  Accordingly, the Company recorded a 
$537.4 million impairment charge ($519.6 million, net of tax) on its goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2019.   

During the quarter ended June 30, 2018, the Company reviewed the fair value of its broadcasting licenses and 
goodwill, and concluded that its broadcasting licenses were not impaired as the fair value of these assets exceeded their 
carrying value.  During the second quarter of 2018, the Company concluded that the fair value of goodwill exceeded the 
carrying value of goodwill and determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required.  

Subsequent to the annual impairment test conducted during the second quarter of 2018, the Company determined that 

a sustained decrease in the Company's share price required the Company to conduct an interim impairment assessment on its 
broadcasting licenses and goodwill. This interim impairment assessment conducted during the fourth quarter of 2018 indicated 
that the carrying value of the Company's broadcasting licenses and goodwill exceeded their respective carrying amount.  
Accordingly, the Company recorded a $147.9 million impairment charge ($108.8 million, net of tax) on its broadcasting 
licenses and a $317.1 million impairment charge ($314.4 million, net of tax) on its goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2018.  
Refer to Note 7, Intangible Assets And Goodwill, for additional information.  

There were no events or changes in circumstances which indicated the Company’s investments, property and 

equipment, or other intangible assets may not be recoverable, other than as described below. 

The Company performs reviews of its ROU assets for impairment when evidence exists that the carrying value of an 

asset may not be recoverable. During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company recorded a $6.0 million impairment charge 
related to ROU asset impairment.  The impairment charge was recognized within the impairment loss line item on the 
consolidated statement of operations.  Refer to Note 13, Impairment Loss, for additional information. 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company recorded a $2.2 million impairment charge related to impairment of 

property and equipment.  The impairment charge was recorded within the impairment loss line item on the consolidated 
statement of operations.  Refer to Note 13, Impairment Loss, for additional information.  

During the second quarter of 2018, the Company recorded a $2.1 million impairment charge related to assets expected 

to be disposed of in one of its markets.  The impairment charge was recognized within the impairment loss line item on the 
consolidated statement of operations.  Refer to Note 13, Impairment Loss, for additional information. 

During the second quarter of 2018, events or circumstances changed which indicated that a portion of the Company’s 
assets which had been classified as held for sale may not be recoverable. Accordingly, the Company estimated the fair value of 

114 

these assets and recognized an impairment charge of $26.9 million. The impairment charge was recognized within the 
impairment loss line item on the consolidated statement of operations.  Refer to Note 21, Assets Held For Sale And 
Discontinued Operations, and Note 13, Impairment Loss, for additional information. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Subject to Disclosures 

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is determined using the best available market information and 

appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is necessary, however, in interpreting market data to develop the 
estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company 
could realize in a current market exchange, or the value that ultimately will be realized upon maturity or disposition. The use of 
different market assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. 

The carrying amount of the following assets and liabilities approximates fair value due to the short maturity of these 

instruments: (i) cash and cash equivalents; (ii) accounts receivable; and (iii) accounts payable, including accrued liabilities. 

115 

The following table presents the carrying value of financial instruments and, where practicable, the fair value as of the 

periods indicated: 

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2018

Term B Loans (1) 

Revolver (2) 
Senior Notes (3) 
Notes (4) 

Other debt (5) 
Letters of credit (4) 

Carrying
Value

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

770,000 

117,000 

400,000 

425,000 

873 

5,862 

Fair
Value

Carrying 
Fair
Value
Value
(amounts in thousands) 
774,813    $  1,291,700   $ 1,243,261 
117,000    $ 
180,000 
423,250    $ 
 $ 
454,750 
  $ 
  $ 

180,000   $
400,000   $
—   $
912    
5,862    

378,000 

— 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments: 

(1)  The Company’s determination of the fair value of the Term B-2 Loans was based on quoted prices for these instruments 

and is considered a Level 2 measurement as the pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets. 

(2)  The fair value of the Revolver was considered to approximate the carrying value as the interest payments are based on 

LIBOR rates that reset periodically. The Revolver is considered a Level 2 measurement as the pricing inputs are other than 
quoted prices in active markets. 

(3)  The Company utilizes a Level 2 valuation input based upon the market trading prices of the Senior Notes to compute the 
fair value as these Senior Notes are traded in the debt securities market. The Senior Notes are considered a Level 2 
measurement as the pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets. 

(4)  The Company utilizes a Level 2 valuation input based upon the market trading prices of the Notes to compute the fair value 
as these Notes are traded in the debt securities market.  The Notes are considered a Level 2 measurement as the pricing 
inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets.  

(5)  The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate the fair value of the other debt or the outstanding standby letters 

of credit. 

Investments Valued Under the Measurement Alternative 

The Company holds investments in privately held companies that are not exchange-traded and therefore not supported 

with observable market prices. The Company does not have significant influence over the investees. The amended accounting 
guidance for financial instruments, provides an alternative to measure equity securities without readily determinable fair values 
at cost less impairment (if any), plus or minus observable price changes from an identical or similar investment of the same 
issuer (the “measurement alternative”). The Company elected the measurement alternative for its qualifying equity securities. 

The Company’s investments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their cost basis, which represents the 

amount the Company paid to acquire the investments. 

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of its investments, when events and circumstances indicate 

that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company considers investee financial performance and 
other information received from the investee companies, as well as any other available estimates of the fair value of the investee 
companies in its evaluation. 

If certain impairment indicators exist, the Company determines the fair value of its investments. If the Company 

determines the carrying value of an investment exceeds its fair value, the Company writes down the value of the investment to 
its fair value. The fair value of the investments are not adjusted if there are no identified adverse events or changes in 
circumstances that may have a material effect on the fair value of the investment. 

Since its initial date of investment, the Company has not identified any events or changes in circumstances which 
would require the Company to estimate the fair value of its investments. Accordingly, there has been no impairment in the 
Company’s investments measured under the measurement alternative. Additionally, there have been no returns of capital or 
changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions. As a result, the investments measured under the 
measurement alternative continue to be presented at their original cost basis on the consolidated balance sheets. 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There was no material change in the carrying value of the Company’s cost-method investments since the year ended 

December 31, 2018, other than as described below. 

During the second quarter of 2019, the Company purchased a minority ownership interest in AnalyticOwl, a company 

whose attribution platform facilitates tracking for broadcast advertising, for $1.5 million. 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company purchased a minority ownership interest in The Action Network, a 

media company featuring news, information and an industry-leading app focused on sports betting and fantasy content, for 
$0.30 million. 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company completed its acquisition of Cadence 13 by purchasing the remaining 
shares of Cadence 13 that it did not already own.  The Company initially acquired a 45% interest in Cadence 13 in July 2017.  
In connection with this acquisition, the Company remeasured its previously held equity interest in Cadence 13 to fair value, 
removed the investment in Cadence 13 from its records, recognized the identifiable asset and liabilities of Cadence 13 as of the 
date of acquisition, and recognized a gain of $5.3 million. 

The following table presents the Company’s investments valued under the measurement alternative:  

Investments Valued Under the 
Measurement Alternative
December 31,

Investment balance before cumulative impairment as of January 1,
Accumulated impairment as of January 1, 
Investment beginning balance after cumulative impairment as of January 1,
Removal of investment in connection with step acquisition 
Acquisition of interest in a privately held company 

Ending period balance 

$

$

2018

2019 
(amounts in thousands)
11,205    $
—  
11,205  
(9,700) 
1,800  
3,305    $

9,955 
— 
9,955 
— 
1,250 
11,205 

ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 

21. 
Assets Held for Sale 

Long-lived assets to be sold are classified as held for sale in the period in which they meet all the criteria for the 
disposal of long-lived assets. The Company measures assets held for sale at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less 
cost to sell. Additionally, the Company determined that these assets comprise operations and cash flows that can be clearly 
distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company. 

On November 17, 2017, in order to facilitate the Merger, the Company assigned assets to a trust and the trust 
subsequently entered into two separate LMAs with Bonneville which became effective upon the closing of the Merger. Under 
the terms of the LMAs, Bonneville began operating four stations in Sacramento, California and four stations in San Francisco, 
California. On August 2, 2018, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Bonneville to dispose of the eight 
radio stations for $141.0 million in cash. The LMAs terminated on September 21, 2018, upon the consummation of a final 
agreement to divest the stations as required under a DOJ consent order agreed to by the Company, as a condition to complete 
the Merger. Of the eight radio stations placed in the trust, three were originally owned by the Company and the remaining five 
were originally owned by CBS Radio. The Company conducted an analysis and determined the assets of the eight radio stations 
met the criteria to be classified as held for sale, pending disposition. The five CBS Radio stations met the criteria to be 
classified within discontinued operations, pending disposition. 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with a third party to dispose of land and land 

improvements, buildings and equipment.  The Company conducted an analysis and determined the assets met the criteria to be 
classified as held for sale.  In aggregate, these assets had a carrying value of approximately $19.6 million.  In the first quarter of 
2019, the Company completed this sale for $24.5 million in cash.  The Company recognized a gain on the sale, net of sale 
commissions and other expenses, of approximately $4.5 million.  

As of February 13, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Cumulus under which the Company exchanged 
three of its stations in Indianapolis, Indiana for two Cumulus stations in Springfield, Massachusetts, and one Cumulus station in 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
New York City, New York.  The Company and Cumulus began programming the respective stations under an LMA on March 
1, 2019.  The Company conducted an analysis and determined the assets exchanged to Cumulus met the criteria to be classified 
as held for sale at March 31, 2019.  The Cumulus Exchange closed in the second quarter of 2019 and the Company recognized 
a loss on the exchange of approximately $1.8 million.  

On May 1, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with a third party to dispose of land, buildings, equipment 

and broadcasting licenses in Victor Valley, California.  The Company conducted an analysis and determined the assets met the 
criteria to be classified as held for sale at June 30, 2019.  In aggregate, these assets had a carrying value of $1.1 million.  The 
sale closed in the third quarter of 2019 and the Company recognized a loss of $0.1 million. 

On May 9, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with a third party to dispose of land and buildings in Miami, 
Florida.  The Company conducted an analysis and determined the assets met the criteria to be classified as held for sale at June 
30, 2019.  In aggregate, these assets had a carrying value of $2.2 million.  The sale closed in the third quarter of 2019 and the 
Company recognized a loss of $0.1 million.  

During the third quarter of 2019, the Company entered into negotiations with a third party to dispose of land and 

buildings in Miami, Florida.  The Company conducted an analysis and determined the assets met the criteria to be classified as 
held for sale at September 30, 2019.  In aggregate, these assets had a carrying value of $1.9 million.  The sale closed in the 
fourth quarter of 2019 and the Company recognized a loss of $0.4 million. 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with a third party to dispose of equipment 
and a broadcasting license in Boston, Massachusetts.  The Company conducted an analysis and determined the assets met the 
criteria to be classified as held for sale at December 31, 2019.  In aggregate, these assets had a carrying value of $10.2 million.  
This transaction is expected to close within one year.  

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 

amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company determined the fair value of the assets held for sale related to the 
Bonneville LMA by utilizing an offer from a third party for the bundle of assets. This is considered a Level 3 measurement. 
Based upon the agreed-upon price in the asset purchase agreement, the Company determined that the carrying value of these 
assets was greater than the fair value. During the second quarter of 2018, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge 
of $25.6 million to reflect the change in the carrying value of these assets held for sale from $165.9 million to $140.3 million 
and to reduce the carrying value of these assets to the recoverable value. During the third quarter of 2018, the Company closed 
on this sale, which resulted in a loss of approximately $0.2 million to the Company. 

The major categories of these assets held for sale are as follows: 

Assets Held for Sale

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Land and land improvements  $ 
Building 
Leasehold improvements 
Equipment 
Net property and equipment 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Other intangibles 
Goodwill 
Total intangibles 
Net assets held for sale 

$ 

(amounts in thousands)
— $
— 
— 
48 
48 
10,140 
— 
— 
10,140 
10,188

$

2,645 
1,053 
— 
15,905 
19,603 
— 
— 
— 
— 
19,603 

Discontinued Operations 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The results of operations for several radio stations acquired from CBS, which were never a part of the Company’s 
continuing operations as these radio stations have been disposed, were classified as discontinued operations for the period 
commencing after the Merger. 

Refer to Note 3, Business Combinations, and elsewhere within this Note, for additional information on the Bonneville 

Transaction. 

The following table presents the results of operations of the discontinued operations: 

2019

Years Ended December 31, 
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
—   $
—  
—  
1,765  
—  
1,765  
613  
1,152   $

—    $
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—    $

2017

5,494 
4,749 
9 
(652)
4,106 
1,388 

552 
836 

$

$

Net broadcast revenues 
Station operating expenses 
Depreciation and amortization expense 
Net time brokerage agreement (income) fees 

Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Income taxes 
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS 

22. 
Contingencies 

The Company is subject to various outstanding claims which arise in the ordinary course of business and to other legal 

proceedings. Management anticipates that any potential liability of the Company, which may arise out of or with respect to 
these matters, will not materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

FCC Matter 

In January 2019, the Company received the first of three letters of inquiry from the FCC staff in response to a 
complaint from an individual who claimed to have purchased time on three Company stations in Buffalo, but was not charged 
the lowest unit rate.  The Company cooperated with the FCC in this matter and timely responded to these letters of inquiry, 
which also addressed the timeliness of the Company's compliance with respect to the political file record keeping obligations 
for its Buffalo stations.  On October 10, 2019, the Company met with the FCC staff and was advised that the lowest unit rate 
inquiry was concluded.  At the same meeting, however, the FCC staff advised the Company that it had separately conducted a 
more extensive investigation into the timeliness of the Company's compliance with respect to the political file record keeping 
obligations for all of the Company's stations.  The Company is in discussions with the FCC staff with respect to this 
investigation.  The Company has assessed the FCC staff's allegations with respect to the Company's compliance with these 
filing obligations and the underlying facts and will continue to cooperate with the FCC and engage in discussions as to a 
potential conclusion or settlement of the matter.  The Company is unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate outcome that will 
result from this matter at this time.  The Company determined that this matter had an immaterial impact on the current period.  
The Company does not currently expect that the final resolution of this matter in future periods will have a material effect on 
the financial position of the Company.  However, it is reasonably possible that such a resolution could have a material effect on 
the Company's results of operations for a given reporting period.  

Like-Kind Exchange Proceeds 

During the third quarter of 2018, the Company disposed of certain property that the Company considered as surplus to 
its operations and that resulted in significant gains reportable for tax purposes. In order to minimize the tax impact on a certain 
portion of these taxable gains, the Company created an entity that serves as a QI for tax purposes and that holds the net sales 
proceeds of $70.2 million from these transactions. The Company used a portion of these funds in a tax-free exchange by using 
the net sales proceeds from relinquished property for the purchase of replacement property. This entity was treated as a VIE and 
is included in the Company’s 2018 consolidated financial statements as the Company was considered the primary beneficiary. 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
The use of a QI in a like-kind exchange enables the Company to effectively minimize its current tax liability in 

connection with certain asset dispositions. In connection with these transactions, the Company sold: (i) a parcel of land in 
Chicago, Illinois in 2018 for net proceeds of $45.5 million; and (ii) a former studio building in Los Angeles, California in 2018 
for net proceeds of $24.7 million. These net sales proceeds were deposited into the account of the QI to comply with 
requirements under Section 1031 of the Code to execute a like-kind exchange and are reflected as restricted cash on the 
Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. Restrictions on these deposits lapsed during the first quarter 
of 2019. 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the 

consolidated balance sheet that aggregate to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statement of cash 
flows: 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and
Restricted Cash 
December 31,

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statement of cash flows 

$ 

$ 

Insurance 

2018

2019 
(amounts in thousands)
20,393   $
—  

122,893 
69,365 

20,393   $

192,258 

The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to mitigate the potential liabilities for 
workers’ compensation, general liability, property, directors’ and officers’ liability, vehicle liability and employee health care 
benefits. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are estimated, in part, by considering claims 
experience, demographic factors, severity factors, outside expertise and other actuarial assumptions. Under these policies, the 
Company is required to maintain letters of credit. 

Broadcast Licenses 

The Company could face increased costs in the form of fines and a greater risk that the Company could lose any one or 

more of its broadcasting licenses if the FCC concludes that programming broadcast by a Company station was obscene, 
indecent or profane and such conduct warrants license revocation. The FCC’s authority to impose a fine for the broadcast of 
such material is $414,454 for a single incident, with a maximum fine of up to $3,825,726 for a continuing violation. The 
Company has determined that, at this time, the amount of potential fines and penalties, if any, cannot be estimated. 

The Company has filed, on a timely basis, renewal applications for those radio stations with radio broadcasting 
licenses that are subject to renewal with the FCC. The Company’s costs to renew its licenses with the FCC are nominal and are 
expensed as incurred rather than capitalized. From time to time, the renewal of certain licenses may be delayed. The Company 
continues to operate these radio stations under their existing licenses until the licenses are renewed. The FCC may delay the 
renewal pending the resolution of open inquiries. The affected stations are, however, authorized to continue operations until the 
FCC acts upon the renewal applications. Currently, all of the Company’s licenses have been renewed or we have timely filed 
license renewal applications. 

The FCC initiated an investigation in January 2007, related to a contest at one of the Company’s stations. In October 

2016, the FCC designated for a hearing whether the Company operated this station in the public interest and whether such 
station’s license should be renewed. In February 2017, the Company permanently discontinued operation of the station and 
returned the station’s broadcasting license to the FCC for cancellation, in order to facilitate the Merger. As a result, the 
Company recorded a $13.5 million loss in the statement of operations in net gain/loss on sale or disposal of assets in 2017. 

Licenses 

The Radio Music Licensing Committee (the “RMLC”), of which the Company is a represented participant: (i) entered 
into an industry-wide settlement with American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers ("ASCAP"), resulting in a new 
license made available to RMLC members, that became effective January 1, 2017, for a five-year term; (ii) is currently seeking 
reasonable terms and fees for a new license that would be retroactively effective to January 1, 2017, from Broadcast Music, Inc. 
("BMI") through settlement negotiations and potential rate court proceedings; (iii) is currently subject to arbitration proceedings 
with SESAC, Inc. ("SESAC") to determine fair and reasonable fees that would be effective January 1, 2019; and 
(iv) commencing on January 1, 2017, entered into a series of interim licenses with Global Music Rights ("GMR"), the most 

120 

 
 
 
 
current of which expires March 31, 2020.  The RMLC filed a motion in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of 
Pennsylvania against GMR in November 2016 arguing that GMR is a monopoly demanding monopoly prices and asking the 
Court to subject GMR to an antitrust consent decree. GMR filed a counterclaim in the U.S. District Court for the Central 
District of California and a motion to dismiss the RMLC’s claim in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of 
Pennsylvania. There have been subsequent claims and counterclaims to establish jurisdiction. In 2019, all claims between the 
RMLC and GMR were transferred to the U.S. District Court of California.   

The United States Copyright Royalty Board will be initiating a proceeding in March 2020 that will establish the 

royalty rates the Company pays under federal statutory license for the public performance of sound recordings on the Internet 
for 2021-2026.  

Leases and Other Contracts 

Rental expense is incurred principally for office and broadcasting facilities. Certain of the leases contain clauses that 

provide for contingent rental expense based upon defined events such as cost of living adjustments and/or maintenance costs in 
excess of pre-defined amounts. 

The Company also has rent obligations under sale and leaseback transactions whereby the Company sold certain of its 

radio broadcasting towers to third parties for cash in return for long-term leases on these towers. These sale and leaseback 
obligations are listed in the future minimum annual commitments table. The Company sold these towers as operating these 
towers to maximize tower rental income was not part of the Company’s core strategy. 

The following table provides the Company’s rent expense for the periods indicated: 

Rent expense 

$

58,947    $ 

2019

Years Ended December 31,
2018 
(amounts in thousands)
53,948   $

The Company also has various commitments under the following types of contracts: 

Years ending December 31, 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 

Future Minimum Annual Commitments

Rent Under 
Operating 
Leases 

Sale
Leaseback 
Operating 
Leases 
(amounts in thousands) 

Programming 
and Related 
Contracts 

$

$

47,024 
47,208 
41,838 
38,064 
35,088 
123,612 
332,834 

$

$

2,274   $ 
2,342   
2,412   
2,485   
2,196   
10,459   
22,168   $ 

163,392   $
108,286   
70,752   
48,775   
7,304   
6,158   
404,667   $

2017

23,742

Total 

212,690 
157,836 
115,002 
89,324 
44,588 
140,229 
759,669 

23.  

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Events occurring after December 31, 2019, and through the date that these consolidated financial statements were 

issued, were evaluated to ensure that any subsequent events that met the criteria for recognition have been included, and are as 
follows: 

On February 14, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with EMF to sell Boston, Massachusetts station 

WAAF-FM for $10.8 million in cash.  EMF began programming WAAF-FM on February 22, 2020 under a network affiliation 
agreement.  The assets were classified within assets held for sale as of December 31, 2019.  The transaction is expected to close 
in the second quarter of 2020. 

121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
24. 

SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) 

The following table presents unaudited operating results for each quarter within the two most recent years. The 

Company believes that all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included in the 
amounts stated below to present fairly the following quarterly results when read in conjunction with the financial statements 
included elsewhere in this report. Results of operations for any particular quarter are not necessarily indicative of results of 
operations for a full year. The Company’s financial results are also not comparable from quarter to quarter due to the 
Company’s acquisitions and dispositions activities as described in Note 3, Business Combinations, and due to the seasonality of 
revenues, with revenues usually the lowest in the first quarter of each year. 

Quarters Ended 

December 31

September 30  

June 30 

March 31

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

2019 
Net revenues 
Operating income 
Net income (loss) available to the Company from continuing 
operations 
Preferred stock dividend 
Net income available to common shareholders from 
continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income 
taxes 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share - 
basic (1) 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, 
per share - basic (1) 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per 
share - basic (1) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic
Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share -
 diluted (1) 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, 
per share - diluted (1) 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per 
share - diluted (1) 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
Preferred stock dividends declared and paid 
Common stock dividends declared and paid 

$
$

$
$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

$

$

414,118 
(455,492)

(487,537)
— 

(487,537)

— 
(487,537)

(3.64)

— 

(3.64)

133,985

(3.64)

— 

(3.64)

133,985

— $
$

2,679

386,141    $
79,490    $

380,665    $
64,762    $

309,005 
30,383 

38,208    $
—    $

25,992    $
—    $

38,208    $

25,992    $

—    $
38,208    $

—    $
25,992    $

0.28    $

0.19    $

—    $

—    $

0.28    $

0.19    $

3,125 
— 

3,125 

— 
3,125 

0.02 

— 

0.02 

136,449  

138,760   

138,099

0.28    $

0.19    $

—    $

—    $

0.28    $

0.19    $

136,453  

139,074   

—   $
2,677   $

—    $
12,487    $

0.02 

— 

0.02 

138,523
—
12,430

122 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Quarters Ended 

December 31

September 30  

June 30 

March 31

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

2018 
Net revenues 
Operating income 
Income (loss) available to the Company from continuing 
operations 
Preferred stock dividend 
Net income available to common shareholders from 
continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income 
taxes 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share - basic 
(1) 

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, 
per share - basic (1) 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per 
share - basic (1) 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic
Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share -
 diluted (1) 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, per 
share - diluted (1) 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per 
share - diluted (1) 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
Preferred stock dividends declared and paid 
Common stock dividends declared and paid 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$
411,375
$ (377,593)

$
$

378,508    $ 
78,733    $ 

372,124 
27,552 

$ (386,568)
$

$
— $

36,590    $ 
—    $ 

1,597 
— 

$ (386,568)

$
(378)
$ (386,946)

36,590    $ 

1,597 

358    $ 
36,948    $ 

844 
2,441 

$

$
$

$

(2.80)

0.26    $ 

— $

—    $ 

(2.80)

$

0.27    $ 

0.01 

— 

0.02 

138,033

138,740  

138,639 

(2.80)

$

0.26    $ 

— $

—    $ 

(2.80)

$

138,033

— $
$

12,367

0.27    $ 

139,103  

—   $ 
12,486   $ 

0.01 

— 

0.02 

139,263 
— 
12,475 

$
$

$
$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

300,560 
5,689 

(14,206)
— 

(14,206)

328 
(13,878)

(0.10)

— 

(0.10)

138,939

(0.10)

— 

(0.10)

138,939
—
12,441

_______________ 
(1) 

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share, income (loss) from discontinued operations per share, and net 
income (loss) per share are computed independently for each quarter and the full year based upon respective average 
shares outstanding. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal the annual per share amounts 
reported. 

123 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Index to Exhibits 

(b) 
Exhibit 
Number   
3.1 # 

3.2 # 

3.3 # 

3.4 # 

3.5 # 

4.1 # 

4.2 # 

4.3 # 

4.4 # 

4.5 # 

4.6 # 

4.7 # 

10.1 # 

10.2 # 

10.3 # 

10.4 # 

Description 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Entercom Communications Corp. (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 3.01 to Entercom’s Amendment to Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed on January 27, 1999 
(File No. 333-61381)). 

Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Entercom Communications Corp. (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on December 21, 2007). 

Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Entercom Communications Corp. (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.02 to Entercom’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, as 
filed on August 5, 2009). 

Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Entercom Communications Corp. dated November 17, 
2017. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2017). 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Entercom Communications Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to 
Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2019). 

Indenture for Senior Notes, dated as of October 17, 2016, by and among Entercom Media Corp. (formerly CBS 
Radio, Inc.), the guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Entercom’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 17, 2017, by and among Entercom Radio, LLC, the other 
guarantor parties named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2017). 

Supplemental Indenture, dated December 8, 2017, by and between Entercom Media Corp. (formerly CBS Radio 
Inc.), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2017). 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated December 13, 2019, by and between Entercom Media Corp. (formerly CBS 
Radio Inc.), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to 
our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2019). 

Indenture for Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due May 1, 2027, by and among Entercom Media Corp., the 
guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.1 to Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 1, 2019). 

Form of 6.500% Senior Secured Second-Lien Note due 2027 (included in Exhibit 4.1) (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.2 to Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 1, 2019). 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2019, by and among Entercom Media Corp., the 
guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee.  (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.2 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2019). 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2016, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on March 3, 2017, as 
amended by Amendment No. 2 on November 17, 2017, as amended by Amendment No. 3 on April 30, 2019, and 
as amended by Amendment No. 4 on December 13, 2019 by an among Entercom Media Corp. (formerly CBS 
Radio Inc.), each of the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as 
administrative agent and collateral agent.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1, (Exhibit A thereof which is 
a restatement of the Credit Agreement with all amendments) to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
December 16, 2019). 

Tax Matters Agreement, by and between CBS Corporation and Entercom Communications Corp., dated as of 
November 16, 2017. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 to Entercom’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on November 17, 2017). 

Employment Agreement, dated April 22, 2017, between Entercom Communications Corp. and David J. Field. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Entercom's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2016, as filed on August 5, 2016). 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, November 16, 2017, between Entercom Communications Corp. and 
David J. Field. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
November 17, 2017). 

124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.5 # 

10.6 # 

10.7 # 

10.8 # 

10.9 # 

10.10 # 

10.11 # 

10.12 # 

10.13 * 

10.14 # 

10.15 # 

10.16 # 

10.17 # 

10.18 # 

10.19 # 

10.20 # 

10.21 # 

10.22 # 

10.23 # 

Waiver Agreement April 19, 2017, between Entercom Communications Corp. and David J. Field. (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Entercom's Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2017, 
filed on August 4, 2017). 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated October 11, 2018, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and David J. Field (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Entercom's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended December 31, 2018, as filed on February 27, 2019). 

Acknowledgment, Consent and Agreement of David J. Field, dated October 23, 2019.  (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2019). 

Employment Agreement, dated March 20, 2017, between Entercom Communications Corp. and Richard J. 
Schmaeling. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Entercom's Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the 
quarter ended March 31, 2017, filed on May 9, 2017). 

Acknowledgment, Consent and Agreement of Richard J. Schmaeling, dated October 23, 2019.  (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2019). 

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2017, between Entercom Communications Corp. and Louise C. “Weezie” 
Kramer. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Entercom's Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter 
ended September 30, 2017, filed on November 6, 2017). 

Acknowledgment, Consent and Agreement of Louise C. Kramer, dated October 23, 2019.  (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2019). 

Employment Agreement, dated May 15, 2017, between Entercom Communications Corp. and Andrew P. Sutor. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Entercom's Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2017, filed on August 4, 2017). 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 20, 2020, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and Andrew P. Sutor. (Filed herewith). 

Acknowledgment, Consent and Agreement of Andrew P. Sutor, dated October 23, 2019.  (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2019). 

Employment Agreement, dated October 11, 2018, between Entercom Communications Corp. and Robert Philips. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2018, as filed on February 27, 2019). 

Acknowledgment, Consent and Agreement of Robert Philips, dated October 23, 2019.  (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.4 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2019). 

Employment Agreement, July 1, 2007, between Entercom Communications Corp. and Joseph M. Field. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Entercom's Quarterly Report on Form 10Q/A for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2007, filed on August 5, 2007). 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, December 15, 2008, between Entercom Communications Corp. and 
Joseph M. Field. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Entercom's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed on February 26, 2009). 

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, May 10, 2017, between Entercom Communications Corp. and 
Joseph M. Field. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Entercom's Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2017, filed on August 4, 2017). 

Entercom Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy adopted May 10, 2017. (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to Entercom's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2017). 

Amended and Restated Entercom Equity Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to 
Entercom's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on March 7, 2014). 

Entercom Annual Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Entercom's Proxy Statement on 
Schedule 14A, filed on March 17, 2017). 

Entercom 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Entercom's Proxy 
Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on March 18, 2016). 

21.1 *   Information Regarding Subsidiaries of Entercom Communications Corp. Filed herewith. 

125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.1 *   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Filed herewith. 
31.1 * 

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as created 
by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith. 

31.2 * 

32.1 ** 

32.2 ** 

Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-
14(a), as created by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith. 

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document 
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 
_______________________ 
*  Filed herewith 
# 
**   Furnished herewith.  Exhibit is "accompanying" this report and shall not be deemed to be "filed" herewith. 

Incorporated by reference. 

ITEM 16. 

FORM 10-K SUMMARY PAGE 

Not Presented. 

126 

 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, on 
March 2, 2020. 

SIGNATURES 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

By:

/s/ DAVID J. FIELD
David J. Field, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and 
President 
(principal executive officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following 

persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 
SIGNATURE 

CAPACITY

DATE 

Principal Executive Officer: 
/s/ DAVID J. FIELD 
David J. Field 

Principal Financial Officer: 

/s/ RICHARD J. SCHMAELING
Richard J. Schmaeling 

Principal Accounting Officer: 
/s/ ELIZABETH BRAMOWSKI 
Elizabeth Bramowski 

  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer 
  and President

  Executive Vice President and
  Chief Financial Officer

  Principal Accounting Officer and 
  Controller

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

Directors: 
/s/ DAVID J. FIELD 
David J. Field 

/s/ JOSEPH M. FIELD 
Joseph M. Field 

/s/ DAVID J. BERKMAN 
David J. Berkman 

/s/ SEAN R. CREAMER 
Sean R. Creamer 

/s/ JOEL HOLLANDER 
Joel Hollander 

/s/ MARK R. LANEVE 
Mark R. Laneve 

/s/ DAVID LEVY 
David Levy 

/s/ SUSAN K. NEELY 
Susan K. Neely 

/s/ STEFAN M. SELIG 
Stefan M. Selig 

  Director, Chairman of the Board 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

March 2, 2020 

  Chairman Emeritus

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

127 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Entercom Communications Corp. 
Corporate Information 

Directors 

Officers 

David J. Field 
Chairman of the Board 

Joseph M. Field 
Chairman Emeritus 

David J. Field 
President & Chief Executive Officer 

Joseph M. Field 
Chairman Emeritus 

David J. Berkman 
Independent Lead Director 

Richard J. Schmaeling 
Executive Vice President  & Chief Financial Officer 

Sean R. Creamer 

Joel Hollander 

Louise C. Kramer 

Mark R. LaNeve 

David Levy 

Susan K. Neely 

Stefan M. Selig 

Information Requests 

Richard J. Schmaeling 
Executive Vice President  & Chief Financial 
Officer 
(610) 660-5686 

Louise C. Kramer 
Chief Operating Officer 

Andrew P. Sutor, IV 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel & 
Secretary 

Robert Philips 
Chief Revenue Officer & President of 
Entercom Audio Networks 

Stock Trading 

Class A Common Stock of  
Entercom Communications Corp. is 
traded on the New York Stock 
Exchange under the Symbol “ETM”. 

Shareholder Records 

Shareholders desiring to change the name, 
address or ownership of stock, to report 

Independent Auditors for FY 2019 

lost certificates or to consolidate accounts, 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700 
2001 Market Street 
Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042 

Gina Gin, Partner 
(267) 330-3000 

should contact Entercom Communications 
Corp.’s transfer agent. 

Transfer Agent 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
59 Maiden Lane 
New York, NY  10038 
(800) 937-5449 
www.amstock.com